DE102017222315B4 - Substrate feeding device - Google Patents

Abstract

Substrate feed device (100), at least two primary acceleration means (136) being arranged next to one another with respect to a transverse direction (A) and below a storage area (134) of the substrate feed device (100) provided for storing a stack of sheets (02) of a substrate (02) and wherein the substrate supply device (100) has at least one frame (162) and at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) movable relative to the at least one frame (162) by means of a vertical drive (M104) at least with respect to a vertical direction (V) and wherein the at least two primary acceleration means (136) are carried by the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) and at the same time are arranged movably together with one another and with the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) with respect to the vertical direction (V) and wherein the at least two primary acceleration means (136) each have at least one individual height compensation means (186) for individual adaptation of a relative position of the respective transport surface (718) of the respective primary acceleration means (136) on the one hand and of the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) on the other hand is assigned.

Description

The invention relates to a substrate supply device.

Different printing processes are used in printing machines. Non-impact printing processes (NIP = non-impact printing) are printing processes that manage without a fixed, i.e. physically unchangeable, printing form. Such printing processes can produce different print images in each printing process. Examples of non-impact printing processes are ionographic processes, magnetographic processes, thermographic processes, electrophotography, laser printing and, in particular, inkjet printing processes or inkjet printing processes. Such printing processes usually have at least one image-generating device, for example at least one print head. In the case of the inkjet printing process, such a printhead is designed, for example, as an inkjet printhead and has at least one and preferably several nozzles, by means of which at least one printing fluid, for example in the form of ink droplets, can be transferred to a printing substrate in a targeted manner. Alternative printing processes have solid printing forms, for example gravure printing processes, planographic printing processes, offset printing processes and letterpress printing processes, in particular flexographic printing processes. Depending on the number of copies and / or other requirements such as print quality, a non-impact printing process or a printing process with a fixed printing form may be preferable.

An exact match of a printed image on the front and back of a printing material printed on both sides is called a register (DIN 16500-2). In multi-color printing, one speaks of register (DIN 16500-2) when individual print images of different colors are put together exactly to match one image. Suitable measures must also be taken in connection with inkjet printing in order to maintain register and / or register. In particular, it is important that a relative position between the print head and the printing material is known and / or is kept constant. The register is also called the color register. The term register mark should therefore also be understood in the following to be a registration mark, that is to say a mark for checking the register or color register.

Sheet-fed printing machines are known. However, conventional transport systems cannot always be used for particularly thick sheets.

Through the DE 10 2015 111 525 A1 a sheet-fed printing machine is known which operates on the offset printing principle and has additional inkjet printing units which have print heads and dryers, which are optionally arranged to be movable. Drives for transporting sheets are not described.

Through the DE 102 27 241 A1 a drive system of a sheet-fed printing press is known, drive control units taking over tasks from aggregate control units.

Through the DE 10 2011 088 776 B3 a printing machine is known which has inkjet printheads and dryers. A transport of printing material and the drives provided for it are only described in connection with a web printing machine.

EP 0 669 208 A1 discloses a sheet-fed printing machine with drive motors for cylinders and the possibility of their axial positioning.

Through the EP 0 615 941 A1 a sheet-fed printing machine with individually driven acceleration means is known.

Through the DE 697 21 715 T2 a method and a device are known, mail items, in particular postcards, being separated and fed to an inkjet print head. The mail pieces are accelerated to a first speed by a primary accelerator and accelerated to a second speed by a secondary accelerator. Both accelerators are driven by a common drive. A motor control device controls this drive as well as a drive that transports the mail pieces past the print head module. The mail pieces are decelerated as required by means of the secondary acceleration means in order to enlarge a gap to the previous mail piece. In order to brake this secondary accelerator, the first accelerator is forcibly also braked because of the common drive.

Through the US 2001/0022422 A1 and the US 2013/0216291 A1 a method and a copier are known in each case, with sheets of paper being removed from a stack from above, separated and fed to a printing point.

Through the US 2002/0180138 A1 a method and a device is known, wherein checks are separated and marked. A primary accelerator operates more slowly than a secondary accelerator. The checks are slowed down or accelerated as required by means of the secondary acceleration means in order to adjust a gap to the previous check. Simultaneously becomes the primary accelerator decelerated or accelerated in the same ratio.

Through the U.S. 5 074 539 A a substrate feed device with an acceleration means for separating sheets from an underside of a stack of sheets is known.

Through the US 9 162 834 B1 a substrate supply device is known with acceleration means arranged below a storage area provided for a stack of sheets, which has a lifting frame which is movable with respect to a vertical direction.

Through the DE 22 25 666 A a device is known which has crossing conveyor belts which can be adjusted in height.

The invention is based on the object of creating a substrate supply device.

The object is achieved according to the invention by the features of claim 1.

A processing machine or sheet processing machine is preferably designed as a printing machine or sheet-fed printing machine. The processing machine is preferably designed as a processing machine for processing corrugated cardboard, in particular corrugated cardboard sheets, that is to say preferably as a corrugated cardboard processing machine and / or corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine. The sheet processing machine is also preferably designed as a sheet printing machine for coating and in particular for printing corrugated cardboard sheets, that is to say as a corrugated sheet printing machine. The processing machine is alternatively or additionally designed as a punching machine and / or sheet punching machine and / or sheet-fed rotary punching machine. The processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, preferably has at least one and more preferably at least two units designed as modules. The at least one module and more preferably the at least two modules each preferably have at least one drive of their own. At least one of the at least two modules is preferably designed as a processing module, in particular as a coating module.

In an alternative or additional development, the printing press or sheet-fed printing press is preferably additionally characterized in that the at least one coating module is designed as a printing module and / or as a non-impact coating module. Insofar as features are described above and below on the basis of an embodiment as a sheet processing machine, these also apply to a general processing machine, in particular also to a processing machine that is designed for processing at least web-shaped substrates, i.e. a web processing machine, at least insofar as there are no contradictions . In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one further of the at least two modules is arranged as at least one coating module, which is designed as a primer module and / or as a painting module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one further of the at least two has at least one drying device or drying device and / or is designed as at least one drying module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that this drying device or drying device or the at least one drying module has at least one energy output device designed as a hot air source.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has a transport path provided for transporting the substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheets, and more preferably that at least the one through the non Impact coating module defined section of this for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet provided transport path is at least substantially flat and / or extends substantially horizontally. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that, with regard to the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, at least one coating device and / or after at least one drying device or drying device Inspection device is arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a flexo-coating module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one diagonal register setting device is used as a Part of the respective flexo coating module is arranged. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one flexo coating module is designed as a primer module and / or as a printing module and / or as a painting module.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one coating module designed as a primer module is arranged in addition to the non-impact coating module, which has its own drying device or drying device and at least one coating module designed as a painting module is arranged which has its own drying device or drying device. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that a transport means provided for the transport of sheets through an active area of the drying device or drying device of the primer module can be driven by means of a drive of the primer module and / or that a for the Transport of sheets through an active area of the drying device or drying device of the painting module provided transport means can be driven by means of a drive of the painting module. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that an area of action of the drying device or drying device of the at least one further of the at least two modules follows the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet an application point of this at least one further of the at least two modules is arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one non-impact coating module is arranged one behind the other along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, with respect to at least one coupling device has correspondingly constructed receiving devices, each of which is designed to optionally receive a standard module designed in each case as at least one printhead module or as at least one dryer module.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module has its own, in particular integrated, drying device or drying device. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that, along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, at least one first application point provided for colored coating means at least one non-impact coating module and then an effective area of at least one drying device assigned to the first application point and then at least one further application point provided for colored coating agents of at least one non-impact coating module and then an effective area of at least one further drying device assigned to the further application point. This enables intermediate drying. This makes it possible, for example, to prevent the water-based coating agent from acting on the substrate for too long before the coating agent is applied again at a further application site. In this way, undesired deformations of the substrate can be reduced or prevented. Such deformations can, for example, cause expansion in the plane of the substrate. Such deformations can also cause the substrate to bend and / or become wavy, for example, due to an uneven expansion of the substrate. This results in a higher print quality, for example, in particular with regard to the register. Alternatively or additionally, this allows print heads belonging to the further application point not to be damaged by a deformed substrate. Damage and repair-related costs can thus be reduced or avoided.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one print head is and / or can be connected to at least one positioning device, and more preferably that the at least one positioning device has at least one positioning drive. Corresponding subsequent print heads can then be switched off, for example from the transport path of the substrate, should a dangerous deformation of the substrate occur. With the positioning drive, this can be done automatically and, in particular, sufficiently quickly. Alternatively or in addition, these corresponding subsequent print heads can be easily cleaned by means of a cleaning device if contact has nevertheless taken place these print heads are moved out of their printing position. This allows costs to be reduced, especially those for repairs and / or cleaning processes.

A module is preferably to be understood as a respective unit or a structure made up of several units that has at least its own controllable and / or regulatable drive and / or at least one transfer device for sheets and / or at least one with no deviation or with a deviation of at most 5 cm on a first standard height beginning and / or ending section of a transport path provided for a transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, and / or as an independently functioning module and / or each manufactured individually and / or each for assembled machine unit or functional assembly is formed.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least two units designed as modules and that the at least two modules each have at least one drive of their own and that at least one of the at least two modules is non-impact Coating module is formed and that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a drying module. Like other sheet processing machines with a modular structure, this has the particular advantage that assemblies of the sheet processing machine designed as modules allow a cost-effective and particularly variable structure as well as subsequent expandability of processing machines.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has a transport path provided for transporting the substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheets, and that for a plurality, more preferably at least three and even more preferably For all of the modules of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, a particular section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, which is defined by the respective module, has a minimum radius of curvature that is at least 2 meters and / or as a whole Area of the respective module has a direction which deviates by at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction. In this way, in particular, sheets with a particularly large thickness can also be processed, which are only slightly bendable. For example, corrugated cardboard sheets with a thickness of 10 mm or more can be processed with it. It is also ensured that modules can be easily connected to one another, in particular again without deforming the arches too much or at all.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least two modules each have at least one drive of their own, each of which serves to transport the substrate to be processed, in particular printing material and / or sheets through it respective module and / or through at least one area of action of this respective module and / or which serves to directly or indirectly drive and / or at least one component of the respective module intended for contact with the substrate to be processed, in particular printing material and / or sheet that each of its own drives is designed as a position-regulated electric motor. A position-regulated electric motor is also to be understood in particular as a servomotor and / or in particular also to be understood as an electric motor which can be regulated with respect to the angular position of its rotor, even if it is not operated in this way or is not operated permanently. This increases the flexibility when assembling individual modules and the drive power can be optimized regardless of the overall size of the processing machine. The transport effected by the respective drive does not necessarily have to take place through the entire respective module. For example, for transport through the respective module, several drives can act one after the other on the substrate, in particular temporarily alone and / or temporarily together.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least three modules and that at least one of the at least three modules is used as a sheet feeder module and / or as a preparation module and / or as a system module and / or as a primer module and / or is designed as a transport module and / or as a painting module and / or as a post-treatment module and / or as a shaping module and / or as a punching module and / or as a display module and that for a plurality, more preferably at least three and even more preferably all of the modules, the preferred A processing machine designed as a sheet-fed printing machine means that each module has at least one drive of its own.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, stands out preferably in that each module of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has at least its own drive and / or that, with the exception of an optionally arranged feeder module and / or with the exception of an optionally arranged delivery module, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, applies to all modules, that a particular section of the transport path provided for the transport of the substrate to be processed, in particular printing material and / or sheets, which is determined by the respective module, has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters and / or has a direction in the entire area of the respective module that deviates by at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that drive controls and / or drive controllers or drive controls of the individual modules can be operated individually and independently of one another and / or that the individual modules of the processing machine are coordinated with one another with regard to their drives can be operated and / or operated and / or that the individual modules of the processing machine can be operated and / or operated in a coordinated manner by means of at least one electronic master axis, at least with regard to their drives. As a result, high machining precision can be achieved despite the modular structure. The terms drive controller and drive control should apply synonymously in the foregoing and in the following.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the sheet processing machine has at least one unit which has at least one suction transport means designed as a suction belt for transporting sheets in one transport direction and that this has at least one suction belt with at least three has conveyor belts spaced apart from one another in a transverse direction and that at least one displacement means is arranged by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts can be displaced laterally in and / or against the transverse direction, in particular adjustable. More preferably, the at least one unit for aligning sheets with respect to the transverse direction has at least one side stop arranged in a stationary manner, in particular during operation of the sheet processing machine, and / or at least one side mark arranged in a stationary manner, particularly during operation of the sheet processing machine, even more preferably at least two such side stops and / or at least two such side marks.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least three modules and at least two modules each have at least one transfer means that serves to transport sheets between this respective module on the one hand and at least one to support or carry out another module on the other hand and / or that a section of the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, which is determined by the respective module, begins at a respective input height of the respective module and / or at a respective output height of the respective module Module ends and for several modules of the processing machine it applies that the respective entrance height of the respective module deviates from the same first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm and / or the respective exit height of the respective module from the same e The first standard height deviates by a maximum of 5 cm and / or the respective entrance height of the respective module deviates from the respective exit height of the respective module by a maximum of 5 cm. In particular, this ensures that modules can be easily connected to one another, in particular again without deforming the arches significantly or at all.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least the non-impact coating module and the drying module each have at least one suction transport device and / or that the non-impact coating module is designed as an inkjet coating module. This enables particularly precise printing, especially for flexible print images.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the non-impact coating module has at least one and preferably exactly one transport means designed as a suction belt.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the conveyor belt of the at least one suction belt of the coating device, in particular the non-impact coating device, has a width measured in the transverse direction of at least 30 cm, preferably at least 50 cm, more preferably at least 100 cm and even more preferably at least 150 cm.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one coating module, in particular non-impact coating module, has at least one standing surface for at least one operator, who is at least temporarily vertically above the suction belt, in particular above the conveyor belt of the Suction belt is arranged and / or can be arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one tensioning means for setting and / or maintaining a particularly mechanical tension of the conveyor belt of the suction belt is arranged, in particular is arranged in contact with the conveyor belt. The at least one tensioning means is preferably displaceable in and / or against at least one tensioning direction and / or all of the components of the at least one tensioning means that are in contact with the at least one conveyor belt are arranged to be jointly linearly movable.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one post-drying device is arranged which has at least one air outlet opening which is at least partially aligned with the at least one and preferably exactly one transport means of the non-impact coating module, which is designed as a suction belt and further preferred that at least one air supply line of this at least one post-drying device for energy transfer and / or for gas transfer by means of at least one gas line and / or at least one heat exchanger is connected to at least one air discharge line at least one drying device or drying device upstream with respect to the transport direction of the suction belt.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the drying device or drying device has at least one energy output device designed as an infrared radiation source and / or that the drying device or drying device has at least one energy output device designed as a UV radiation source and / or that the drying device or drying device has at least one energy output device designed as an electron beam source.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a substrate feed device and that at least one, in particular at least one other of the at least two modules, is used as a processing module, in particular a printing module and / or Forming module and / or punching module is formed and that preferably the substrate supply device has at least one primary acceleration means with a primary drive or primary acceleration drive of the substrate supply device and at least one arranged along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, after the at least one primary acceleration means having secondary acceleration means with secondary drive or secondary acceleration drive of the substrate supply device. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is arranged below a storage area intended for storing a stack of sheets and that the at least one processing module, in particular a printing module and / or shaping module and / or a punching module is assigned a drive for a transport of sheets, which is different from the primary drive of the substrate supply device and the secondary drive of the substrate supply device. This has the particular advantage that a particularly effective acceleration of the sheets can take place independently of processing processes, for example printing processes and / or punching processes.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has at least three units designed as modules and that the at least three modules each have at least one drive of their own and / or that the A processing machine designed as a sheet-fed printing machine has a plurality of units designed as printing modules, each of which has at least one drive of its own.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is used as at least one In particular, acceleration means acting exclusively on a respective bottom sheet of a stack and / or a respective underside of the sheets is designed and / or that the at least one printing module is designed as a printing module that applies coating means and / or the at least one printing module is designed as a non-impact coating unit and / or or is designed as an inkjet printing unit. If several printing modules are arranged, this preferably applies to several and more preferably all of the printing modules. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the drying device or drying device is designed as a drying device or drying device acting and / or capable of acting from above.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that sheets can be accelerated and / or accelerated to a first speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means and that sheets, in particular from the first speed, are accelerated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means Speed can be accelerated and / or accelerated to a second speed which is greater than the first speed and / or that the second speed is a printing speed provided for transporting the sheets through the at least one printing unit. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is designed as at least one acceleration means acting in particular exclusively on a respective underside of the sheet.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least two units designed as modules and that preferably the at least two modules each have at least one drive of their own and that preferably at least one of the at least two modules is designed as a substrate feeder module and that the substrate feeder is preferably at least one primary accelerator with a primary drive of the substrate feeder and at least one secondary accelerator arranged along a transport path provided for a transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet in the transport direction after the at least one primary accelerator having a secondary drive of the substrate supply device and that preferably at least one further module at least one of the primary The drive of the substrate feed device and the secondary drive of the substrate feed device are assigned various other drives for transporting sheets. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the primary drive and the secondary drive and the at least one further drive are each designed as a position-controlled electric motor and that a drive control of the primary drive is derived from a drive control of the secondary Drive is different and that more preferably a drive control of the at least one further drive is different from the drive control of the primary drive and from the drive control of the secondary drive and that preferably the drive control of the primary drive and the drive control of the secondary drive and more preferably also the drive control of the at least one further drive are connected by circuitry to a machine control of the sheet processing machine. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor of the substrate feed device for detecting a respective leading edge and / or a respective trailing edge of respective sheets is arranged aligned with the intended transport path. A detection area of this at least one sheet sensor and the transport path provided for transporting sheets preferably overlap. A leading edge is to be understood as meaning in particular an edge that leads during the transport of the respective sheet. A rear edge is to be understood in particular as an edge trailing during the transport of the respective sheet.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that a drive control of the primary drive differs from a drive control of the secondary drive and that a drive control of the drive of the processing module, in particular the printing module and / or shaping module and / or Punching module is different from the drive control of the primary drive and from the drive control of the secondary drive and / or that a drive control of the primary drive and a different drive control of the secondary drive and a different drive control of the drive of the printing module and / or shaping module and / or punching module with a machine control, in particular as a sheet-fed printing machine trained sheet processing machine are connected directly or indirectly in terms of circuitry. This means that preferably the drive control of the primary drive and the drive control of the secondary drive and a drive control of the drive of the processing module are each different in pairs and are preferably each connected to a machine control of the sheet processing machine. This technical circuit connection is to be understood in particular to mean cases in which the machine control is directly connected to the respective drive control, as well as cases in which, for example, one or more regulators and / or controls and / or other entities are interposed.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that, as the at least one primary acceleration means, a plurality of subsets of primary acceleration means are arranged, which can be operated at least temporarily at sheet speeds that differ from subset to subset and / or each have at least one respective primary drive assigned only to this respective subset of acceleration means and / or the at least one primary acceleration means as at least one transport roller and / or as at least one transport belt and / or as at least one suction transport means and / or as at least one suction belt and / or as at least one suction box belt and / or as at least one roller suction system and / or as at least one suction gripper and / or as at least one suction roller. Each subset can have a primary accelerator or several primary accelerators.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is used as at least one outgoing transport means of the substrate feed device and / or as at least one transport roller and / or as at least one pair of transport rollers forming a transport gap and / or as at least one conveyor belt and / or as at least one pair of conveyor belts forming a transport gap and / or as at least one suction conveyor and / or as at least one suction belt and / or as at least one suction box belt and / or as at least one roller suction system and / or is designed as at least one suction gripper and / or as at least one suction roller.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is also designed as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction and / or a pivot position and / or that the at least one secondary acceleration means is also designed is designed as a sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction and / or a pivot position.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least one suction transport means designed as a suction belt and that this has at least one suction transport means at least one, in particular, flexible transport belt, which is parallel to at least one transport section of its circulation path a transport direction along a Partial region of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, extends in particular over a transport length. The at least one conveyor belt preferably has a plurality of suction openings. Preferably, at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten, in particular with respect to the transport direction, at least two, more preferably at least three, and even more preferably at least ten vacuum chambers that are separate and / or separable with respect to the transport direction are arranged one behind the other along the transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheets are each having at least one suction opening. The at least one conveyor belt preferably at least partially covers at least one suction opening of several and / or all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in its transport section of its circulation path. As a result, sheets that are relatively thick or, for other reasons, relatively difficult to bend for other reasons can also be transported very precisely and flatly and safely, in particular sheets of corrugated cardboard, even if these sheets are braced and / or curved and / or in a flat position counteract and / or tend to lift off a conveyor belt, for example in edge areas or central areas. This is especially possible even when using small arches 02 and / or large spaces between sheets 02 and / or a first sheet 02 and / or a final sheet 02 is being worked on.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that it has at least one conveyor belt, which preferably has at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a partial area of a substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet provided transport path extends. At least one coating point of at least one coating unit of the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably arranged along the transport section of the at least one transport belt, more preferably several coating points. At least one belt alignment means of the at least one conveyor belt is preferably arranged in contact with the at least one conveyor belt. By setting a position of the at least one belt alignment means relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, a position of the at least one conveyor belt with respect to a horizontal transverse direction oriented orthogonally to the transport direction can preferably be influenced. In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one tape alignment means has at least one alignment drive, for example, designed as an electric motor and / or as a pneumatic cylinder and / or as a hydraulic cylinder and / or as a linear drive and / or that the at least one tape alignment means is designed to be controllable and / or regulatable by means of a computing device.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the at least one strip alignment means is designed as at least one strip alignment roller, the axis of rotation of which can be changed in its orientation and / or that the at least one strip alignment means has at least one radial bearing, whose axis of rotation can be displaced, at least with respect to a compensation direction, at least relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, and / or that the at least one tape alignment means has at least two radial bearings arranged at a distance in the transverse direction, whose axes of rotation at least with regard to a compensation direction at least relative to each other and / or independently of one another and / or relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine ldete processing machine are arranged displaceably. The at least one radial bearing can preferably be linearly displaced at least in and / or counter to the compensation direction and / or the at least two radial bearings can be displaced linearly at least in and / or counter to the compensation direction.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has at least one coating unit designed as a non-impact coating unit and that the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, has at least one conveyor belt that moves with at least one transport section of its circulation path extends parallel to a transport direction along a partial area of a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet. At least one coating point of at least one coating unit of the processing machine, preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably arranged along the transport section of the at least one transport belt, more preferably several coating points. The at least one coating unit preferably has at least one print head, and the at least one print head is further preferably arranged connected to at least one first frame of the at least one coating unit. The at least one conveyor belt is preferably arranged connected to at least one second frame via at least one deflection means and at least one radial bearing. Furthermore, the at least one first frame, apart from at least one set-up area, particularly below the at least one coating unit and / or below the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is connected to the second frame at most via mechanically flexible connections. Such connections, in particular mechanically flexible, are, for example, supply lines for electricity and / or data and / or gas and / or gas mixtures and / or liquids. In this way, the at least one print head can be decoupled particularly effectively from any vibrations that could be caused by the at least one conveyor belt and / or its deflection means and / or its drive.

In an alternative or additional development, the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferably characterized in that at least one protrusion sensor for detecting at least one spatial extent of sheets is arranged along a transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheets, and / or that at least one compression device is arranged, which has at least one first compression body and at least one second compression body and at least one force element and / or that the at least one first compression body is composed of a The passage layer is arranged movably towards the at least one second compression body into a compression position and / or that, when the first compression element is arranged in the passage position, the at least one force element is pretensioned and / or that the at least one compression device has at least one restraint device which is at least between a restraint state and can be switched over to a release state and which, in the retention state, is arranged to prevent a movement of the at least one first compression body from its passage position into its compression position.

A method for operating a processing machine, in particular designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, is preferred, at least one sheet being transported by means of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt, which has at least one, in particular, flexible transport belt, which has at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction along a portion of a Transport path provided for the transport of substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet, in particular moved over a transport length and preferably at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least along the transport path provided for transporting substrate, in particular printing material and / or sheet five and even more preferably at least ten, in particular with respect to the transport direction, separate and / or separable vacuum chambers are arranged one behind the other, each of which at least ei Have a suction opening. In this case, the at least one conveyor belt in its transport section of its circulation path preferably covers at least one suction opening of several and / or all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other at least partially. A respective negative pressure of the at least two successively arranged negative pressure chambers is preferably influenced individually and in a time-varying manner depending on at least those data that characterize a position of the at least one sheet along the transport section of the circulation path of the at least one transport belt. As a result, suction power and thus also energy can be saved, in particular because at least temporarily no attempt is made to apply negative pressure to negative pressure chambers that are in any case insufficiently sealed.

A method for operating a processing machine designed in particular as a sheet-fed printing machine is preferred. The method is preferably characterized in that sheets originating from a stack are separated. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are each accelerated to a first speed by means of at least one primary acceleration means of a substrate supply device driven by a primary drive, with the at least one primary drive further preferably being designed as a position-regulated electric motor . In particular, the at least one primary acceleration means itself is preferably accelerated positively in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet, in particular while there is contact between the respective sheet on the one hand and the primary acceleration means on the other hand. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are then accelerated to a second speed by means of at least one secondary acceleration means of the substrate supply device driven by a secondary drive, with the at least one secondary drive further preferably being designed as a position-regulated electric motor and / or the second speed is greater than the first speed. In particular, the at least one secondary acceleration means itself is preferably accelerated positively in order to positively accelerate the respective sheet, in particular while there is contact between the respective sheet on the one hand and the primary acceleration means on the other hand.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that sheets originating from a stack are singled out and individually accelerated in a transport direction, in particular to a transfer speed and / or a catch-up speed, by means of at least one primary acceleration means of a substrate feed device, in particular from below. Preferably, the at least partially separated sheets are each transferred in particular from the at least one first acceleration device to at least one secondary acceleration device, which is arranged behind the at least one front stop, in particular with respect to the transport direction. The sheets are preferably transported in particular along a transport path provided for transporting the sheets from the substrate supply device to at least one further module of the sheet processing machine and more preferably then each transported by means of at least one drive of the at least one further module at a processing speed, in particular individually through the respective further module and processed in this respective further module. A front stack boundary plane preferably has a surface normal which is oriented horizontally and / or parallel to the transport direction. The front stack boundary plane is preferably oriented by a plurality of elements oriented in the transport direction and / or faces the second acceleration means arranged front edges of the not yet separated sheets of the particular remaining stack. A front edge is to be understood here in particular as an edge and / or a front delimitation leading during transport, even if this can be at least partially shaped as a surface. A transport speed of the sheets which is greater than the processing speed is preferably referred to as the catch-up speed. It is further preferred that any transport speed of the sheets that is greater than the processing speed is referred to as the catch-up speed. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are arranged to intersect the front stack boundary plane at least one point in time during their respective transport and are simultaneously transported at a catch-up speed. In particular along the transport route provided for the transport of sheets.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are then accelerated to a third speed by means of this at least one secondary acceleration means, which is greater than the second speed and that the sheets are then in each case in particular by means of this at least a secondary accelerator can be braked back to the second speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are transported along the transport path from the substrate feed device to at least one further module of the sheet processing machine, in particular at least one processing module, in particular printing module and / or shaping module and / or punching module and wherein the sheets are then in each case by means of at least one drive of the at least one further module, in particular the at least one processing module and / or printing module and / or shaping module and / or punching module with a processing speed, in particular printing speed and / or shaping speed and / or punching speed by the respective further Module, in particular processing module and / or printing module and / or shaping module and / or punching module transported and thereby in this respective further module, in particular processing module and / or printing module and / or he shaping module and / or punching module are processed, in particular printed and / or shaped and / or punched. The first speed is preferably less than the processing speed, in particular printing speed and / or shaping speed and / or punching speed. The processing speed, in particular the printing speed and / or shaping speed and / or punching speed, is preferably equal to the second speed. The first speed and the second speed and possibly the third speed and the processing speed and the printing speed and / or shaping speed and / or punching speed always relate to the transport speed of the substrate, in particular the sheet, and / or to the surface speed or peripheral speed of the respective component or accelerator.

One advantage is that sheets can be accelerated in an optimized way. In particular, excessive acceleration forces and thus damage to the sheet can thereby be avoided. In addition, it can be avoided that an accelerator has to be accelerated from a standstill to the processing speed. In this way, particularly high forces can also be avoided with the acceleration means. By using position-regulated electric drives, the conditions can be optimally adapted to a wide variety of sheet lengths and / or sheet thicknesses and / or sheet dimensions.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the printing speed is equal to the second speed and / or that the second speed is greater than the first speed and / or the first speed by at least 10%, more preferably by at least 20% and even more preferably at least 30% less than the processing speed, in particular printing speed and / or that the first speed is at least 20%, more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 40% of the second speed and / or that the first speed is at most 80% and more preferably at most 70% and even more preferably at most 60% of the second speed and / or that the third speed is at least 10% and more preferably by at least 20% and even more preferably by at least 30% and even more preferably at least 50% greater i st than the second speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from above and / or are printed using at least one non-impact printing process and / or using an inkjet printing process. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets in the at least one printing module can be printed from below and / or can be printed using at least one flexographic printing process and / or using a rotary printing process. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are punched in the at least one punching module by means of a punching cylinder that acts on the sheets from above. For example, the at least one printing module is designed as a coating agent from above and / or the at least one printing module is designed as a non-impact coating module and / or as an inkjet printing module and / or the at least one printing module is designed and / or is designed as a coating agent from below the at least one printing module designed as a flexo coating module. For example, the at least one processing module is designed as a shaping module and / or a punching module having a punching cylinder that acts on the sheets from above.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor detects a trailing edge of a preceding sheet and generates a trailing edge signal and that at least one sheet sensor detects a leading edge of a trailing sheet and generates a leading edge signal and that the acceleration and / or the braking of the respective in particular trailing sheet is controlled and / or regulated by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means and / or by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means taking into account the trailing edge signal and the leading edge signal.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary drive and the at least one secondary drive are operated in a coordinated manner, particularly taking into account the trailing edge signal and / or the leading edge signal, so that a gap between a preceding sheet and a trailing sheet is reduced and / or set to a value within a predetermined tolerance range around a target value.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that a primary acceleration profile is stored for the at least one primary accelerator and / or its primary drive and / or that a secondary acceleration profile for the at least one secondary accelerator and / or its secondary Drive is stored and / or that the primary acceleration profile and / or preferably the secondary acceleration profile is modified as a function of signals from the at least one arc sensor.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are in contact with both the primary accelerator and the secondary accelerator at at least one point in time, and more preferably at least at this time the primary accelerator and the secondary accelerator have the same speed, especially the first speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that braking the at least one primary accelerator does not cause any deceleration of the sheet that was accelerated directly beforehand with this primary accelerator and / or that braking the at least one secondary accelerator does not decelerate of the respective sheet accelerated directly beforehand with this secondary accelerator. This is due, for example, to the fact that the respective accelerator only decelerates when the sheet has already come out of contact with it.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from above and / or that the sheets in the at least one printing module are printed from above using a non-impact printing method and / or using an inkjet printing method be printed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary acceleration means is brought into contact with the sheets on a respective lower side of the sheet, in particular exclusively the respective lower side. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means has at least one transport gap in which the sheets are at least partially arranged, while the at least one secondary acceleration means accelerates them to the second speed. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary acceleration means is brought into contact with the sheets on a respective lower side of the sheet, in particular exclusively the respective lower side.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that during the acceleration by means of the at least one primary acceleration means, a displacement of the respective sheet with respect to a transverse direction and / or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet about a pivot axis running orthogonally to the transverse direction and / or or a setting of a phase position of the respective sheet to at least one subsequent component transporting the sheet of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, and / or that during the acceleration by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means, a displacement of the respective sheet with respect to the transverse direction and / or a pivoting movement takes place of the respective sheet about a pivot axis running orthogonally to the transverse direction and / or an adjustment of a phase position of the respective sheet to at least one subsequent sheet transport enden component of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine, takes place.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the substrate supply device is designed as a module of the processing machine, which is preferably designed as a sheet-fed printing machine.

Embodiments of the invention are shown in the drawings and are described in more detail below.

• 1 eine schematische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregats;
• 2a ein erster Abschnitt einer schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mehreren als Flexobeschichtungsmodule ausgebildeten Modulen und alternativem Bogenanlegeraggregat;
• 2b ein zweiter Abschnitt der schematische Darstellung der beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen gemäß 2a;
• 2c ein dritter Abschnitt der schematische Darstellung der beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen gemäß 2a;
• 3 eine schematische Darstellung eines Konditionierungsaggregats;
• 4 eine schematische Darstellung eines Anlageaggregats;
• 5a eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von oben beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats mit einlaufendem Transportmittel und auslaufendem Transportmittel;
• 5b eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von oben beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats;
• 5c eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von unten beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats mit einlaufendem Transportmittel und auslaufendem Transportmittel;
• 5d eine schematische Darstellung eines als Flexobeschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von unten beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats;
• 6 eine schematische Darstellung eines als Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregat ausgebildeten, von oben beschichtenden Beschichtungsaggregats;
• 7 eine schematische Darstellung eines Trocknungsaggregats;
• 8a eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;
• 8b eine schematische Darstellung eines als Rollensaugsystem ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;
• 8c eine schematische Darstellung eines Längsschnitts eines als Saugkastenband ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;
• 8d eine schematische Darstellung eines Querschnitts eines als Saugkastenband ausgebildeten Saugtransportmittels;
• 9 eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportaggregats
• 10 eine schematische Darstellung eines Formgebungsaggregats;
• 11 eine schematische Darstellung eines Auslageaggregats;
• 12a eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mit vier Druckstellen;
• 12b eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mit vier Druckstellen, Grundierungsmodul und Lackierungsmodul;
• 12c eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschinen mit acht Druckstellen, Grundierungsmodul und Lackierungsmodul;
• 13 eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln mit eigenen Antrieben;
• 14a eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei mehrere primäre Antriebe angeordnet sind;
• 14b eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei mehrere unterschiedliche Abstandshalter angeordnet sind;
• 15 eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei eine Zusatzeinrichtung zum Detektieren von fehlerhaft transportierten und/oder fehlerhaft beschaffenen Bogen zum Aussortieren von Bogen und/oder zum Festhalten und/oder zum Zurückdrängen von Bogen angeordnet ist;
• 16a eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei als sekundäres Beschleunigungsmittel ein einen Transportspalt bildendes Paar von Transportbändern angeordnet ist;
• 16b eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, wobei als primäre Beschleunigungsmittel zumindest ein Transportband und/oder zumindest ein als Saugband ausgebildetes Transportmittel angeordnet ist;
• 16c eine schematische Darstellung von primären und sekundären Beschleunigungsmitteln, die jeweils als zumindest ein Transportband und/oder zumindest ein als Saugband ausgebildetes Transportmittel ausgebildet sind;
• 17a eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats mit vier von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegten Aufnahmeeinrichtungen;
• 17b eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats vier Aufnahmeeinrichtungen, von denen zwei von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegt sind und eine von einer Trocknerbaugruppe belegt ist und eine unbelegt ist;
• 17c eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats vier Aufnahmeeinrichtungen, von denen zwei von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegt sind und zwei von einer Trocknerbaugruppe belegt sind;
• 17d eine schematische Darstellung eines als Modul ausgebildeten Non Impact Beschichtungsaggregats vier Aufnahmeeinrichtungen, von denen zwei von Druckkopfbaugruppen belegt sind und zwei unbelegt sind;
• 18a eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit einem Druckmodul mit Trocknerbaugruppe zwischen Druckkopfbaugruppen;
• 18b eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit zwei Druckmodulen, wobei im ersten Druckmodul Druckkopfbaugruppen und eine Trocknerbaugruppe angeordnet sind und im zweiten Druckmodul nur Druckkopfbaugruppen angeordnet sind;
• 18c eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit einem Druckmodul, das eine Trocknerbaugruppe zwischen Druckkopfbaugruppen und eine Trocknungsvorrichtung vor jeder Auftragstelle des Druckmoduls und ein durchgehendes Transportmittel des Druckmoduls aufweist;
• 18d eine schematische Darstellung einer beispielhaften Bearbeitungsmaschine mit einem Transportmittel aufweist, auf das Druckköpre und Trocknungsvorrichtungen ausgerichtet angeordnet sind;
• 19a eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransortmittels mit einer Unterdruckkammer in Transportrichtung;
• 19b eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransortmittels mit mehreren in Transportrichtung hintereinander angeordneten Unterdruckkammern und mehreren Unterdruckquellen;
• 19c eine schematische Darstellung eines als Saugband ausgebildeten Saugtransortmittels mit mehreren in Transportrichtung hintereinander angeordneten Unterdruckkammern, mehreren Unterdruckquellen und Ventilen;
• 20 eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportbands mit Bandausrichtmittel und Spannmittel;
• 21a eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportmittels mit Transportband und Komprimierungseinrichtung, wobei ein Komprimierungskörper in einer Durchgangslage angeordnet ist;
• 21b eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 21a, wobei ein Komprimierungskörper in einer Komprimierungslage angeordnet ist;
• 22a eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten und eines zweiten Gestells eines Beschichtungsaggregats in perspektivischer Ansicht, wobei Druckköpfe der Übersichtlichkeit halber nicht dargestellt sind;
• 22b eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten und eines zweiten Gestells eines Beschichtungsaggregats mit Druckköpfen und Positioniervorrichtung in Transportrichtung gesehen;
• 22c eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten und eines zweiten Gestells eines Beschichtungsaggregats mit Druckköpfen und Positioniervorrichtung in Querrichtung gesehen;
• 23 eine schematische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregats in Querrichtung;
• 24 eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregat gemäß 23;
• 25a eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregat gemäß 23 von oben;
• 25b eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines Bogenanlegeraggregat gemäß 25a von oben mit bezüglich der Querrichtung verlagerten Transportbändern;
• 26a eine schematische Darstellung eines ersten beispielhaften Verlaufs einer Geschwindigkeit, mit der ein Bogen transportiert wird, in Abhängigkeit von der Zeit;
• 26b eine schematische Darstellung eines zweiten beispielhaften Verlaufs einer Geschwindigkeit, mit der ein Bogen transportiert wird, in Abhängigkeit von der Zeit;
• 26c eine schematische Darstellung eines dritten beispielhaften Verlaufs einer Geschwindigkeit, mit der ein Bogen transportiert wird, in Abhängigkeit von der Zeit;
• 27 eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines zumindest ein primäres Beschleunigungsmittel aufweisenden Ausschnitts einer Substratzufuhreinrichtung;
• 28 eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung eines mehrere primäre Beschleunigungsmittel und Antriebe aufweisenden Ausschnitts einer Substratzufuhreinrichtung;
• 29a eine schematische Darstellung eines ein primäres Beschleunigungsmittel tragenden Hubrahmens mit einem Höheneinstellmittel in einer ersten beispielhaften Lage und einem Vertikalantrieb in einer ersten Drehlage;
• 29b eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 29a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer zweiten Drehlage;
• 29c eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 29a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer dritten Drehlage;
• 29d eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 29a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer vierten Drehlage;
• 30a eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 29a mit einem Höheneinstellmittel in einer zweiten beispielhaften Lage und einem Vertikalantrieb in einer ersten Drehlage;
• 30b eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 30a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer zweiten Drehlage;
• 30c eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 30a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer dritten Drehlage;
• 30d eine schematische Darstellung gemäß 30a mit dem Vertikalantrieb in einer vierten Drehlage.

Show it:

• 1 a schematic representation of a sheet feeder unit;
• 2a a first section of a schematic illustration of an exemplary processing machine, several modules designed as flexo coating modules and an alternative sheet feeder unit;
• 2 B a second section of the schematic representation of the exemplary processing machines according to FIG 2a ;
• 2c a third section of the schematic illustration of the exemplary processing machines according to FIG 2a ;
• 3 a schematic representation of a conditioning unit;
• 4th a schematic representation of a plant unit;
• 5a a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a flexo coating unit and coating from above with incoming transport means and outgoing transport means;
• 5b a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a flexo coating unit and coating from above;
• 5c a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a flexo coating unit and coating from below with incoming transport means and outgoing transport means;
• 5d a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a flexo coating unit and coating from below;
• 6th a schematic representation of a coating unit designed as a non-impact coating unit and coating from above;
• 7th a schematic representation of a drying unit;
• 8a a schematic representation of a suction conveyor designed as a suction belt;
• 8b a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a roller suction system;
• 8c a schematic representation of a longitudinal section of a suction conveyor designed as a suction box belt;
• 8d a schematic representation of a cross section of a suction transport means designed as a suction box belt;
• 9 a schematic representation of a transport unit
• 10 a schematic representation of a shaping unit;
• 11 a schematic representation of a delivery unit;
• 12a a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with four printing points;
• 12b a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with four printing points, primer module and painting module;
• 12c a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with eight pressure points, primer module and painting module;
• 13 a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means with their own drives;
• 14a a schematic representation of primary and secondary Acceleration means, wherein a plurality of primary drives are arranged;
• 14b a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, wherein several different spacers are arranged;
• 15th a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, with an additional device for detecting incorrectly transported and / or incorrectly procured sheets for sorting out sheets and / or for holding and / or for pushing back sheets;
• 16a a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, with a pair of conveyor belts forming a transport gap being arranged as the secondary acceleration means;
• 16b a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, with at least one transport belt and / or at least one transport means designed as a suction belt being arranged as the primary acceleration means;
• 16c a schematic representation of primary and secondary acceleration means, which are each designed as at least one conveyor belt and / or at least one conveyor designed as a suction belt;
• 17a a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module with four receiving devices occupied by print head assemblies;
• 17b a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module, four receiving devices, two of which are occupied by print head assemblies, one is occupied by a dryer assembly and one is unoccupied;
• 17c a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module, four receiving devices, two of which are occupied by print head assemblies and two are occupied by a dryer assembly;
• 17d a schematic representation of a non-impact coating unit designed as a module, four receiving devices, two of which are occupied by print head assemblies and two are unoccupied;
• 18a a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a printing module with dryer assembly between printhead assemblies;
• 18b a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with two printing modules, wherein printhead assemblies and a dryer assembly are arranged in the first printing module and only printhead assemblies are arranged in the second printing module;
• 18c a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a printing module, which has a dryer assembly between printhead assemblies and a drying device in front of each application point of the printing module and a continuous transport means of the printing module;
• 18d has a schematic representation of an exemplary processing machine with a transport means, on which the print heads and drying devices are aligned;
• 19a a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt with a vacuum chamber in the transport direction;
• 19b a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt with several vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in the transport direction and several vacuum sources;
• 19c a schematic representation of a suction transport means designed as a suction belt with several vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other in the transport direction, several vacuum sources and valves;
• 20th a schematic representation of a conveyor belt with belt alignment means and tensioning means;
• 21a a schematic representation of a means of transport with a conveyor belt and compression device, wherein a compression body is arranged in a passage layer;
• 21b a schematic representation according to 21a wherein a compression body is arranged in a compression layer;
• 22a a schematic representation of a first and a second frame of a coating unit in a perspective view, wherein print heads are not shown for the sake of clarity;
• 22b a schematic representation of a first and a second frame of a coating unit with print heads and positioning device seen in the transport direction;
• 22c a schematic representation of a first and a second frame of a coating unit with print heads and positioning device seen in the transverse direction;
• 23 a schematic representation of a sheet feeder unit in the transverse direction;
• 24 a schematic perspective illustration of a sheet feeder assembly according to 23 ;
• 25a a schematic perspective illustration of a sheet feeder assembly according to 23 from above;
• 25b a schematic perspective illustration of a sheet feeder assembly according to 25a from above with conveyor belts displaced with respect to the transverse direction;
• 26a a schematic representation of a first exemplary course of a speed at which a sheet is transported, as a function of time;
• 26b a schematic representation of a second exemplary course of a speed at which a sheet is transported, as a function of time;
• 26c a schematic representation of a third exemplary course of a speed at which a sheet is transported, as a function of time;
• 27 a schematic perspective illustration of a section of a substrate supply device having at least one primary accelerator;
• 28 a schematic perspective illustration of a section of a substrate supply device having a plurality of primary acceleration means and drives;
• 29a a schematic illustration of a lifting frame carrying a primary acceleration means with a height adjustment means in a first exemplary position and a vertical drive in a first rotational position;
• 29b a schematic representation according to 29a with the vertical drive in a second rotational position;
• 29c a schematic representation according to 29a with the vertical drive in a third rotational position;
• 29d a schematic representation according to 29a with the vertical drive in a fourth rotational position;
• 30a a schematic representation according to 29a with a height adjustment means in a second exemplary position and a vertical drive in a first rotational position;
• 30b a schematic representation according to 30a with the vertical drive in a second rotational position;
• 30c a schematic representation according to 30a with the vertical drive in a third rotational position;
• 30d a schematic representation according to 30a with the vertical drive in a fourth rotational position.

In the foregoing and in the following, inks and printing inks, but also primers, lacquers and pasty materials are summarized under the term of a coating agent or printing fluid. Pressure fluids are preferred materials that are produced by a processing machine 01 , especially printing press 01 , or at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 the processing machine 01 , in particular at least one printing unit 600 the printing press 01 , on a substrate 02 , especially a substrate 02 , are transmitted and / or are transferable and thereby preferably in a finely structured form and / or not only over a large area a preferably visible and / or perceptible and / or machine detectable texture on the substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 , justify. Inks and printing inks are preferably solutions or dispersions of at least one colorant in at least one solvent. Examples of suitable solvents are water and / or organic solvents. Alternatively or additionally, the printing fluid can be designed as a printing fluid that cross-links under UV light. Inks are relatively low viscosity printing fluids and printing inks are relatively high viscosity printing fluids. Inks here preferably have no binder or relatively little binder, while printing inks preferably contain a relatively large amount of binder and more preferably further auxiliaries. Colorants can be pigments and / or dyes, pigments being insoluble in the application medium, while dyes are soluble in the application medium.

For the sake of simplicity, in the foregoing and in the following - if not explicitly differentiated and named accordingly - the term "printing ink" should be understood in the sense of a liquid or at least flowable coloring fluid to be printed in the printing machine, which does not only refer to the colloquial term rather than the term "Printing ink" associated higher-viscosity coloring fluids for use in rotary printing machines, but in addition to these higher-viscosity coloring fluids in particular also low-viscosity coloring fluids such as "inks", especially inkjet inks, but also powdery coloring fluids such as. B. toner, includes. In the foregoing and in the following, colorless lacquers are also particularly meant when printing fluids and / or inks and / or printing inks are discussed. Means for a pretreatment (so-called priming or precoating) of the printing material are particularly preferred above and below 02 This is meant when printing fluids and / or inks and / or printing inks are mentioned. As an alternative to the term “pressure fluid”, the term “coating agent” is to be understood synonymously.

A processing machine 01 is preferred as a printing machine 01 educated. The processing machine 01 is preferred as a sheet processing machine 01 trained, so as a processing machine 01 for processing of sheet-shaped substrates 02 or bow 02 , especially sheet-like printing material 02 . The processing machine 01 is further preferred as a corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine 01 trained, so as a processing machine 01 for processing of sheet-shaped substrates 02 or bow 02 Made of corrugated cardboard, especially sheet-like printing material 02 made of corrugated cardboard. The processing machine is also preferred 01 as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 designed, in particular as a corrugated sheet printing machine 01 , so as a printing press 01 for coating and / or printing on sheet-shaped substrates 02 or bow 02 Made of corrugated cardboard, especially sheet-like printing material 02 made of corrugated cardboard. For example, the printing press 01 as a printing machine operating according to a non-impact printing process 01 and / or as a printing machine operating according to a printing forme-related printing process 01 educated. The printing press is preferred 01 as a non-impact printing machine 01 , especially inkjet printing machine 01 and / or as a flexographic printing machine 01 educated. The printing machine has, for example, at least one flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 on. Alternatively or additionally, the coating machine 01 preferably at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or ink jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 on. So far in the foregoing and in the following features based on an embodiment as a sheet processing machine 01 are described, they also apply to a general processing machine 01 , especially for a processing machine 01 for processing at least web-shaped substrates 02 is designed, so a web processing machine, at least insofar as this does not result in contradictions. So much for the previous and the following from Bogen 02 The same applies to general substrates, in particular sheets or web-shaped substrates, at least insofar as no contradictions arise therefrom. A transport route for transporting substrate is preferred 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended.

Unless explicitly differentiated, the term sheet-shaped substrate is used here 02 , in particular a printing material 02 , especially the bow 02 basically any substrate that is flat and in sections 02 , thus also substrates present in tabular or plate form 02 , so also panels or plates, be included. The so defined arcuate substrate 02 or the bow 02 is for example made of paper or cardboard, ie as a sheet of paper or cardboard, or by sheets 02 , Panels or possibly plates made of plastic, cardboard, glass or metal. It is more preferably the substrate 02 about corrugated cardboard 02 , especially sheets of corrugated cardboard 02 . Under the thickness of an arch 02 is preferably a dimension orthogonal to a largest area of the arc 02 to understand. This largest area is also known as the main area. The thickness of the arch 02 is for example at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.3 mm and even more preferably at least 0.5 mm. Especially with corrugated cardboard sheets 02 Significantly greater thicknesses are also common, for example at least 4 mm or even 10 mm and more. Corrugated cardboard sheet 02 are comparatively stable and therefore not very flexible. Corresponding adjustments to the processing machine 01 therefore facilitate the processing of sheets 02 great thickness.

The processing machine 01 preferably has several aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 on. Under an aggregate 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 is preferably to be understood in each case as a group of devices that functionally interact, in particular around a preferably self-contained processing operation of sheets 02 to be able to perform. For example, there are at least two and preferably at least three and more preferably all of the aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 as modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 formed or at least assigned to one such. Under one module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 is in particular a respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or a structure made up of several aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 to understand that preferably at least one means of transport 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 and / or at least its own controllable and / or regulatable drive M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 and / or at least one transfer device 03 for bow 02 and / or at least one with no deviation or with a deviation of at most 5 cm, preferably at most 1 cm and more preferably by at most 2 mm on one for several modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 same first standard height beginning and / or ending section of a for a transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 Has provided transport route and / or as an independently functioning module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or is designed in each case manufactured for itself and / or in each case assembled for itself machine unit or functional assembly.

Under its own controllable and / or adjustable drive M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 of a unit or module is in particular a drive M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 to understand which serves to drive movements of components of this unit or module and / or which serves to transport the substrate to be processed 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 by this respective unit or module and / or by at least one area of action of this respective unit or module and / or which serves to provide at least one substrate to be processed for contact with 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 directly or indirectly to drive the intended component of the respective unit or module. The drives M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 of the aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 are preferred as motors M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 , especially electric motors M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 designed, more preferably as position-regulated electric motors M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 .

Each unit preferably has 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 at least one drive control and / or at least one drive controller or drive control, which the respective at least one drive M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 assigned. The drive controls and / or drive controllers or or drive controls of the individual units 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 are preferably operated individually and independently of one another. The drive controls and / or drive controllers or drive controls of the individual units are also preferred 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 In terms of circuitry, they are linked and / or linked to one another in such a way that a coordinated control and / or regulation of the drives M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 several or all aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 is and / or can be made.

The coordinated control and / or regulation of the drives M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 several or all aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 is preferably by means of a machine control of the processing machine 01 can be carried out and / or monitored and / or is preferred by a machine control of the processing machine 01 made and / or monitored. The coordinated control and / or regulation of the drives M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 several or all aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 can preferably be carried out and / or monitored using at least one BUS system and / or is preferably carried out and / or monitored using at least one BUS system, that is to say preferably takes place using at least one BUS system. In particular, the drive controls of the respective own drives are preferably connected to one another via at least one BUS system.

The individual aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 are therefore at least with regard to their drives M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 preferably electronically coordinated operable and / or operated, in particular by means of at least one electronic master axis. An electronic master axis is preferably specified for this, for example from a higher-level one Machine control of the processing machine 01 . In particular, the processing machine is preferably characterized in that at least the drive control of the primary drive M101 and the drive control of the secondary drive M101 and the drive control of the drive M600 ; M900 of the processing module 600 ; 900 can be operated and / or operated in a coordinated manner and / or operated and / or operated in a coordinated manner by means of at least one electronic master axis. The higher-level machine control accesses, for example, components of a specific control and / or a specific regulator of a specific unit to generate the electronic master axis 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 back. Preference is given to several or more preferably all of the units 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 designed such that it acts as a leading unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or as a leading module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 can be used, the remaining units 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 in operation of the processing machine 01 follow and / or are able to follow. The individual units are alternatively or additionally 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 at least with regard to their drives M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 for example mechanically synchronized with one another and / or synchronizable. The individual units are preferred 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or in particular modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 but at least with regard to their drives M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 mechanically decoupled from each other.

Regardless of the specific functional design of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 assigns this particular unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 preferably at least one transfer means 03 on, which preferably serves to transport the substrate to be processed 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or the arch 02 between this respective aggregate 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 on the one hand and at least one other unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or at least one other module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 on the other hand to support or carry out. This applies preferably to several and more preferably to all units 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , even more preferably all but one, for example a sheet feeder unit 100 . Under a delivery device 03 is preferably to be understood as a means that supports and / or carries out a handover. This also includes such means, the arches 02 accept and / or pass on. For example, this is at least one transfer means 03 as a front transfer device 03 formed and / or a processing area of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 with respect to a transport direction T and / or related to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route upstream. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one transfer means is designed as a rear transfer means and / or the processing area of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 regarding the transport direction T and / or related to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 the intended transport route. At least one means of delivery 03 is for example as a passive transfer device 03 formed, for example as at least one support surface 03 and / or at least one support roller. Alternatively, this is at least one transfer device 03 as an active, in particular controlled and / or regulated transfer device 03 educated.

Unless otherwise described, the units are characterized 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 preferably in each case that the through the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is at least substantially flat and more preferably completely flat. Under a substantially flat section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport path is to be understood as meaning a section which has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters, further preferably at least 5 meters and even more preferably at least 10 meters and even more preferably at least 50 meters. A completely flat section has an infinitely large radius of curvature and is thus also essentially flat and thus also has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters. Unless otherwise described, the units are characterized 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 preferably in each case that the through the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path runs at least substantially horizontally and more preferably exclusively horizontally. This transport path preferably extends in the transport direction T . An essentially horizontal one for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport route means in particular that the intended transport route covers the entire area of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 has one or more and / or exclusively directions which deviate from at least one horizontal direction by at most 30 °, preferably at most 15 ° and more preferably at most 5 °. The direction of the transport path is in particular the direction in which the sheets 02 transported at the point where the direction is measured. The one for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport path preferably begins at a point where the sheets are removed 02 from a feeder pile 104 .

Unless otherwise described, the units are characterized 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 preferably in each case that the through the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 designated section of a for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route at a respective entrance height of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 begins and / or at a respective starting level of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 ends. The entrance height and / or the exit height is preferably from a lower support surface of the respective unit provided as a standing surface 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 to measure, especially in the vertical direction V . There are preferably several and more preferably all of the units 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 characterized in that the respective entrance height of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 deviates from the same first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the respective starting height of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 deviates from the same first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the respective entrance height of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 from the respective starting height of the respective unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

The processing machine is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that they have at least one as a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or printing unit 600 trained unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 has and / or that they are used for a transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 Has provided transport path and that at least for the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or printing unit 600 it is true that a particular section of the for the transport of substrate determined by this 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters and / or in the entire area of this coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or printing unit 600 has a direction that deviates by at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction.

The processing machine is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally by that they have one for the transport of substrate, especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 has provided transport path and that for a plurality of the modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the sheet-fed press 01 applies that a through the respective module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 defined respective section of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters and / or in the entire area of the respective module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 has a direction that deviates by at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as substrate supply device 100 trained, also sheet feeder 100 named aggregate 100 , especially sheet feeder unit 100 on, which is further preferred as a module 100 , especially as a sheet feeder module 100 is trained.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a conditioning device 200 ; 550 trained unit 200 ; 550 , especially conditioning unit 200 ; 550 on, which is further preferred as a module 200 ; 550 , especially as a conditioning module 200 ; 550 is trained. Such a conditioning device 200 ; 550 is for example as a preparatory facility 200 or as an aftertreatment facility 550 educated. The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a preparatory device 200 trained unit 200 , especially the preparation unit 200 on, which is further preferred as a module 200 , especially as a preparatory module 200 is formed and a conditioning device 200 represents. The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as an aftertreatment device 550 trained unit 550 , especially post-treatment unit 550 on, which is further preferred as a module 550 , especially as a post-treatment module 550 is formed and a conditioning device 550 represents.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a plant device 300 trained unit 300 , in particular plant unit 300 on, which is further preferred as a module 300 , especially as a system module 300 is trained. The at least one investment facility 300 is alternatively part of the substrate supply device 100 educated.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 trained, also coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 named aggregate 400 ; 600 ; 800 on, which is further preferred as a module 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 is trained. At least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is arranged and / or constructed depending on the function and / or coating process. At least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably serves to apply at least one respective coating agent over the entire area and / or over part of the area to the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 to apply. An example of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is a primer aggregate 400 , in particular an application of primer to the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 serves. Another example of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is a printing unit 600 , in particular an application of printing ink and / or ink to sheets 02 serves. Another example of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is a painting unit 800 , in particular an application of varnish to the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 serves.

In particular, coating units can be used independently of the function of the coating agent that can be applied therewith 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably differ with regard to their coating process. An example of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is a shape-based coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , which in particular has at least one fixed and preferably exchangeable printing form. Shape-based coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably work according to a planographic printing process, in particular an offset planographic printing process and / or a gravure printing process and / or a letterpress printing process, particularly preferably a flexographic printing process. The coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is then accordingly, for example, a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially flexo coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 . Another example of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is a printing formless or non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 that works in particular without a fixed printing form. Printing formless or non-impact coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 work, for example, according to an ionographic process and / or a magnetographic process and / or a thermographic process and / or electrophotography and / or laser printing and / or particularly preferably according to an inkjet printing process or inkjet printing process. The coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is then accordingly, for example, an inkjet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially inkjet coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 .

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a primer device 400 trained, also primer work 400 named aggregate 400 , especially primer unit 400 on, which is further preferred as a module 400 , especially as a primer module 400 is trained. The at least one primer module 400 is in particular a special form of a processing module 600 .

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a drying device 500 trained unit 500 , especially drying unit 500 on, which is further preferred as a module 500 , especially as a drying module 500 is trained. Alternatively or additionally, for example, there is at least one drying device 506 Part of at least one, preferably as a module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 trained unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 . The at least one drying module 500 is in particular a special form of a processing module 500 .

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a printing unit 600 trained unit 600 on, which is further preferred as a module 600 , especially as a printing module 600 is trained. The at least one print module 600 is in particular a special form of a processing module 600 .

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a transport device 700 or means of transport 700 trained unit 700 , especially transport unit 700 on, which is further preferred as a module 700 , especially as a transport module 700 is trained. The processing machine 01 has transport facilities 700 for example also or alternatively as components of other units 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 on.

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a painting facility 800 trained, also coating unit 800 named aggregate 800 , especially painting unit 800 on, which is further preferred as a module 800 , especially as a painting module 800 is trained. The at least one primer module 800 is in particular a special form of a processing module 800 .

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a shaping device 900 and / or punching device 900 trained unit 900 , in particular shaping unit 900 and / or punching unit 900 on, which is further preferred as a module 900 , especially as a shaping module 900 and / or punching module 900 is trained. The at least one shaping module 900 and / or punching module 900 is in particular a special form of a processing module 900 .

The processing machine 01 preferably has at least one as a substrate dispensing device 1000 trained, also sheet delivery 1000 named aggregate 1000 , especially delivery unit 1000 on, which is further preferred as a module 1000 , especially as a display module 1000 is trained.

The processing machine 01 has for example at least one unit designed as a further processing device, in particular a further processing unit, which is more preferably designed as a module, in particular as a further processing module.

The particular for a transport of sheets 02 intended transport direction T is a direction T , which is preferably at least substantially and more preferably completely horizontally oriented and / or which is preferably from a first unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 the processing machine 01 to a final aggregate 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 has, in particular of a sheet feeder unit 100 or a substrate supply device 100 on the one hand to a delivery unit 1000 or a substrate dispenser 1000 on the other hand, and / or which preferably points in a direction in which the arc 02 apart from vertical movements or vertical components of movements is transported, in particular from a first contact with one of the substrate supply device 100 downstream aggregate 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 or first contact with the processing machine 01 up to a last contact with the processing machine 01 . Regardless of whether the investment facility 300 a stand-alone unit 300 or module 300 is or part of the substrate feed device 100 is, the transport direction T is preferably that direction T in which a horizontal component points in a direction that of the contact device 300 to the substrate dispenser 1000 is oriented.

A working width of the processing machine 01 and / or the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is preferably a dimension that is preferably orthogonal to the intended transport path of the sheet 02 through the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 extends, more preferably in a transverse direction A. The transverse direction A is preferably a horizontally running direction A. The transverse direction A is orthogonal to the intended transport direction T of bow 02 and / or orthogonal to the intended transport path of the sheets 02 through the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 oriented. The working width of the processing machine 01 preferably corresponds to a maximum width that an arc 02 may have to still use the processing machine 01 to be able to be processed, so in particular a maximum with the printing machine 01 processable sheet width. Under the width of an arch 02 is to be understood in particular its dimension in the transverse direction A. This is preferred regardless of whether this width of the sheet 02 is larger or smaller than a horizontal dimension of the arch orthogonal thereto 02 who further prefers the length of this arc 02 represents. The working width of the processing machine 01 preferably corresponds to the working width of the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially printing unit 600 . The transverse direction A is preferably parallel to an axis of rotation of at least part of a means of transport 411 ; 417 ; 611 ; 617 ; 811 ; 817 of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 oriented. The working width of the sheet processing machine 01 is preferably at least 100 cm, more preferably at least 150 cm, even more preferably at least 160 cm, even more preferably at least 200 cm and even more preferably at least 250 cm.

The processing machine 01 preferably has means of transport at one or more points 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 on, which is preferred as suction transport 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 are designed, in particular as a suction belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 and / or as a suction box belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 and / or as a roller suction system 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 and / or as a suction roll 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 . Such suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 are preferably used to process substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 to move forward in a controlled manner. In this case, a relative negative pressure is preferably used to surround the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 against at least one transport surface 718 to pull and / or to press and a transport movement of the substrate to be processed is preferred 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 by a corresponding, in particular circumferential, movement of the at least one transport surface 718 generated. The negative pressure is in particular a negative pressure relative to an ambient pressure, in particular relative to an atmospheric pressure.

Under a suction vehicle 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is therefore preferably to be understood as a device that has at least one movable transport surface 718 has, in particular as a counter pressure surface 718 is used and, for example, is at least partially movable at least in the transport direction T. Furthermore, the suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 at least one vacuum chamber 719 on that by means of a suction line 721 with at least one vacuum source 733 connected is. The source of negative pressure 733 has a fan, for example 733 on. The at least one vacuum chamber 719 has at least one suction opening 722 on, the suction of the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 serves. Depending on the embodiment of the suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 and size of the arch 02 become the arch 02 while in one the at least one suction opening 722 closing position sucked or just so against a counter pressure surface 718 sucked that still ambient air to the arch 02 over into the suction opening 722 can arrive. For example, the transport surface 718 one or more suction openings 723 on. The suction openings 723 are preferably used to create a negative pressure from the suction opening 722 the vacuum chamber 719 up to the transport area 718 to convey further, especially without pressure loss or with very low pressure loss. The suction opening acts as an alternative or in addition 722 so on the arch 02 that these against the transport surface 718 is vacuumed without affecting the transport surface 718 Suction openings 723 would exhibit. For example, there is at least one deflection means 724 arranged, directly or indirectly for a circumferential movement of the at least one transport surface 718 cares. This is preferably at least one deflection means 724 and / or the transport surface 718 self-driven and / or drivable, in particular in order to move the sheet 02 to care.

A first embodiment of a suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is a suction belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 . Under a suction belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is to be understood as a device that has at least one flexible conveyor belt 718 ; 726 has that as a transport surface 718 serves. At least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is preferred by as pulleys 724 and / or deflection rollers 724 trained deflection means 724 deflected and / or is preferably self-contained, so that endless circulation is made possible. At least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 preferably has a plurality of suction openings 723 on. At least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 preferably covers the at least one suction opening in at least a section of its circulation path 722 the at least one vacuum chamber 719 . The vacuum chamber is further preferred 719 then only through the suction openings 723 of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 with an environment and / or with arch 02 connected. Support means are preferably arranged which prevent the at least one conveyor belt from being 718 ; 726 too far or at all into the vacuum chamber 719 is pulled and / or ensure that the transport surface 718 assumes a desired shape, for example such that it at least in the area in which its suction openings 723 with the vacuum chamber 719 are connected, forms a flat surface. Through a rotating movement of the at least one conveyor belt 718 This then results in a forward movement of the transport surface 718 , being arch 02 exactly in the area safely on the transport surface 718 be held by the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 with the exception of the suction openings 723 covered suction opening 722 opposite.

A second embodiment of a suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is a suction box belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 . Under a suction box belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is to be understood as a device that has a plurality of suction boxes 718 ; 727 has, each one as a transport surface 718 serving outer surface 718 exhibit. The suction boxes 718 ; 727 preferably each have at least one suction chamber 728 on. The respective suction chamber 728 is preferably in one direction through at least one flow opening 729 open to the outside. This at least one flow opening 729 is preferably used to create a negative pressure from the negative pressure chamber 719 into the respective suction chamber 728 forward. The at least one flow opening 729 is for example arranged laterally or arranged such that it at least temporarily in or against a vertical direction V shows. The suction boxes 718 ; 727 preferably each have a plurality of suction openings 723 on. The suction boxes 718 ; 727 are preferably relatively stiff in themselves. The suction boxes 718 ; 723 are preferably flexibly connected to one another, in particular via at least one connecting means 731 . That at least one lanyard 731 is for example as a traction device 731 , especially straps 731 or tape 731 formed, more preferably as a completely circumferential and / or endless connecting means 731 . For example, all are suction boxes 718 ; 727 on at least one same connector 731 attached. Alternatively, neighboring suction boxes can also be used 718 ; 717 be connected to each other in pairs. The connections result in a suction box band 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 . This suction box belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 and in particular a subset of the suction boxes 718 ; 727 preferably cover in at least a portion of a circulation path of the suction box belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 the at least one suction opening 722 the at least one vacuum chamber 719 . The vacuum chamber is further preferred 719 then only through the suction openings 723 the suction boxes 718 ; 727 with the environment and / or with bow 02 connected.

At least one suction box belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is preferred by as pulleys 724 and / or deflection rollers 724 trained deflection means 724 deflected and is preferably self-contained, so that endless circulation is possible. For example, the deflecting means act 724 directly with the traction mechanism 731 together and / or drive it. The suction boxes preferably have 718 ; 727 each a flat transport surface 718 so that several suction boxes one behind the other create a correspondingly larger flat transport surface 718 form. With a rotating movement of the suction boxes 718 ; 272 This then results in a forward movement of the transport surface 718 , being arch 02 exactly in the area safely on the transport surface 718 by keeping them tight with the suction opening 722 connected suction boxes 718 ; 722 stay in contact. Guide means are preferred 732 arranged to serve the movement of the suction boxes 718 ; 727 restricted to given areas.

A third embodiment of a suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is a roller suction system 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 . Under a roller suction system 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is to be understood as a device in which the at least one transport surface 718 from at least parts of lateral surfaces 718 a variety of transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 is formed. The transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 thus each form closed and rotating parts of the transport surface 718 . The roller suction system 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 preferably has a plurality of suction openings 722 on. These suction openings 722 are preferably at least between adjacent transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 arranged.

For example, there is at least one cover mask 734 arranged, which is preferably a limitation of the vacuum chamber 719 represents. The masking mask 734 preferably has the plurality of suction openings 722 on. The masking mask 734 preferably forms a substantially flat surface. The transport rollers are preferred 724 and / or transport rollers 724 arranged in such a way that they are cut from this flat surface and more preferably only protrude to a small extent, for example only a few millimeters, beyond this flat surface, in particular in one of the vacuum chamber 719 facing away direction. The suction openings 722 are then preferably designed in the form of a frame and each surround at least one of the transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 . In other words, this means that the transport rollers are preferred 724 and / or transport rollers 724 to a small extent, for example only a few millimeters through the suction openings 722 protrude, of which the vacuum chamber 719 limiting mask 734 is interspersed. Alternatively, some or all of the transport rollers protrude 724 and / or transport rollers 724 through openings in the cover mask 734 that have no connection to the vacuum chamber 719 to have. Such openings are then, for example, in addition to separate suction openings 722 arranged. By rotating the transport rollers 724 and / or transport rollers 724 This then results in a forward movement of the parts of the transport surface 718 , being arch 02 exactly in the area safely on the transport surface 718 in which they open the suction opening 722 opposite. An advantage of roller suction systems 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is for example high wear resistance. However, there is a risk of poor adhesion between transport rollers 724 and bow 02 , possible inaccurate feeding and / or a risk of damage to the contacting surface of the sheets 02 due to relatively small, linear contact surfaces.

A fourth embodiment of a suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is at least a suction roll 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 . Under a suction roll 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 a role is to be understood here, the outer surface of which is the transport surface 718 serves and a variety of suction openings 723 having at least one vacuum chamber in its interior 719 has, for example by means of a suction line 721 with at least one vacuum source 733 connected is.

At least one cleaning device is preferably arranged to clean the respective transport surface 718 of the respective suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 serves. For example, this cleaning device is designed as a suction device and / or blowing device and / or as a stripping device and / or preferably serves to remove pieces of paper and / or dust. The cleaning device is for example on one for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport path facing away from the suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 and / or on the respective transport surface 718 aligned.

The sheet processing machine is preferred 01 characterized in that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one means of transport 111 ; 117 ; 119 the substrate feeder 100 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one means of transport 411 ; 417 ; 611 ; 617 ; 811 ; 817 of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , in particular a non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one means of transport 211 the preparatory facility 200 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one means of transport 561 the aftertreatment facility 550 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one means of transport 711 the transport device 700 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one means of transport 911 the shaping device 900 is arranged and / or that at least one cleaning device for cleaning at least one means of transport 1011 the substrate dispenser 1000 is arranged.

Regardless of the embodiment of the respective suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 are at least two arrangements of the respective suction transport means described below 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 possible.

In a first arrangement there is one of the respective suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 designated section of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path below the particularly movable transport surface 718 in particular as a counter pressure surface 718 serves and for example at least partially at least in the transport direction T is movable. For example, is the respective suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 then as an upper suction transport 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 formed, the suction openings 722 or suction openings 723 at least during their connection with the at least one vacuum chamber 719 preferably at least also or only point downwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably at least also or only upwards. The arch 02 are then by the suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 transported hanging.

In a second arrangement there is one of the respective suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 designated section of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path above the particularly movable transport surface 718 in particular as a counter pressure surface 718 is used and, for example, is at least partially movable at least in the transport direction T. For example, is the respective suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 then as a lower suction transport 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 formed, the suction openings 722 or suction openings 723 at least during their connection with the at least one vacuum chamber 719 preferably at least also or only point upwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably at least also or only downwards. The arch 02 are then by the suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 transported lying down.

Whether the respective suction means of transport 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 as an upper or a lower suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is formed depends, for example, on whether in a preceding and / or in a following unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 an upper or a lower major surface of the arches 02 has been and / or is to be processed. A transfer point from an upper suction conveyor 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 on a lower suction conveyor 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 or from a lower suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 on an upper suction conveyor 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 can be formed, for example, in that the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path at least in a partial area both by a lower suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 as well as from an upper suction transport means 111 ; 117 is limited. That suction means of transport 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 , its area of action in the transport direction T seen later then decides whether the arch ends 02 be transported hanging or lying down after the transfer point.

Regardless of the embodiment of the suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 as a suction belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 and / or as a suction box belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 and / or as a roller suction system 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is for example the at least one vacuum chamber 719 subdivided and / or divisible into several parts with respect to the transverse direction A, which are preferably sealed and / or sealable from one another and / or which can be individually acted upon with negative pressure. This allows an adaptation to sheets of different widths 02 and there is no unnecessary intake of air. However, the suction openings are preferred 722 and / or the suction openings 723 chosen so small that a volume passing through it turns out to be very small, even if it is not currently from an arch 02 is covered. Then it can be adjusted to the width of the arch 02 be waived.

There follow first of all further embodiments for suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 . These configurations are particularly advantageous and preferred in accordance with the first embodiment as the respective suction belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 trained suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 . Insofar as no contradictions arise, however, the configurations also apply to other embodiments of suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 . The sheet-fed printing machine preferably has 01 at least one as a suction belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 trained suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 on. This at least one suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 preferably has at least one especially flexible conveyor belt 718 ; 726 on, which has at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a portion of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path extends, in particular extends over a transport length. At least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 preferably has a plurality of suction openings 723 on. The transport section is stationary, even when the conveyor belt is moving 718 ; 726 and in particular is not part of the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 permanently assigned.

Are preferred along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten, in particular with respect to the transport direction T, separate and / or separable vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other, each having at least one suction opening 722 exhibit. Such a separation is to be understood in particular as a fluidic separation. This separation is preferably complete, in particular in such a way that a connection is only possible at most with a vacuum source 733 connected lines and / or through the suction openings 723 of the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 and an ambient atmosphere is present. This covers at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 preferably at least one suction opening in each of its transport section of its circulation path 722 several and more preferably all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other 719 at least partially, in particular except for the respective suction openings 723 . That means that a respective conveyor belt 718 ; 726 several vacuum chambers 719 are assigned that influence different areas one after the other in the transport direction T. In particular, this is to be distinguished from an arrangement of several conveyor belts arranged at least partially one behind the other.

The negative pressure is essentially only through those suction openings 723 further conveyed in connection with the respective vacuum chamber 719 stand. In contrast to a large vacuum chamber 719 can have several small vacuum chambers 719 therefore act individually and in particular are at least partially closed individually to an environment. This closure takes place on the one hand by the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 itself and, on the other hand, by those constituents of bow 02 , the corresponding suction openings 723 cover. If the proportion of suction openings is too small 723 is covered, the negative pressure is reduced by the incoming ambient air. This could cause the arches 02 can no longer be held adequately. This danger exists with small arches 02 and / or large spaces between sheets 02 and / or a first sheet 02 and / or a final sheet 02 . By dividing it into several vacuum chambers 719 Along the transport section it is ensured that the negative pressure cannot decrease sharply at the same time in all areas. Furthermore, through the majority of the vacuum chambers 719 with the same length of the conveyor belt 718 ; 716 for smaller vacuum chambers 719 taken care of. This has the consequence that every suction opening 723 a larger proportion of a total number of the respective vacuum chamber 719 just assigned suction openings 723 Has. Therefore, a relatively small number of closed suction openings is sufficient 723 to adjust the negative pressure in the respective negative pressure chamber 719 at a usable level. This relatively small number can also be achieved with small arches 02 and / or large spaces between sheets 02 and / or a first sheet 02 and / or a final sheet 02 to reach.

Furthermore, it is not relevant whether in a vacuum chamber 719 the vacuum is too low as long as there is an arc 02 , which is partly in their area of influence, nor by the negative pressure of another negative pressure chamber 719 is held. This too is due to the relatively large number of relatively small vacuum chambers 719 reached. This effect can also be used intentionally in order to target only the relevant vacuum chambers 719 to provide negative pressure and insufficiently covered negative pressure chambers 719 deliberately at least temporarily separated from a corresponding negative pressure source. The total suction effect of the suction transport means can be determined 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 vary along the transport direction T. In this way, pumping power and thus energy can be saved.

The individual vacuum chambers are preferred 719 individually pressurized. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 therefore preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other 719 via at least one in particular first suction line 721 With at least one first vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable. Furthermore, at least one other, in particular second, of these at least two vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other is preferred 719 via at least one suction line 721 , in particular another and / or second suction line 721 with at least or exactly one other, in particular second, vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged connectable. More preferably, this is at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other 719 via the at least one suction line 721 exclusively with the at least one other, in particular second, vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged connectable. The designation as the first or second vacuum chamber 719 , first or second suction line or first or second vacuum source 733 etc. only serves to distinguish between them and does not affect the order or arrangement of these components.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other 719 via at least one in particular first suction line 721 and at least one first controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 with at least one first vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable. Then the vacuum source must 733 not or not completely deactivated to a corresponding vacuum chamber 719 to deactivate. Instead, a corresponding activation of the at least one valve is sufficient 737 . In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least a second of these at least two vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other 719 via at least one, in particular, second suction line 721 and at least one second controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 with the at least one first vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable. Then a vacuum source can be used 733 for several vacuum chambers 719 are used and the outlay on equipment is kept as low as possible. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least one other and / or second of these at least two vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other 719 via at least one other and / or second suction line 721 and at least one other and / or second controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 with at least one other and / or second vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 at least one coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 the sheet-fed press 01 is arranged. A particularly high print quality is thus possible because the sheets are in a particularly secure position 02 even with small bows 02 and / or large spaces between sheets 02 and / or a first sheet 02 and / or a final sheet 02 is attainable. Further preferred are the at least one conveyor belt along the conveyor section 718 ; 726 at least two, even more preferably at least three and even more preferably at least four coating points 409 ; 609 ; 809 at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 the sheet-fed press 01 arranged. Printing can then be carried out in an optimized manner with regard to register and / or register and / or color register. For example, the at least one conveyor belt is along the transport section 718 ; 726 at least one drying device 500 and / or at least one drying device 506 the sheet-fed press 01 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained Processing machine 01 preferably in that at least two, preferably at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven with respect to the transverse direction A. separate and / or separable vacuum chambers 719 are arranged side by side, each having at least one suction opening 722 each of at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 of the suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 are arranged at least partially covered. These are, for example, several conveyor belts 781 ; 726 or preferably a common conveyor belt 718 ; 726 . The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 characterized in that at least one of these at least two adjacent vacuum chambers 719 via at least one suction line 721 with at least one vacuum source 733 connected and / or connectable is arranged and at least one other of these at least two adjacent vacuum chambers 719 via at least one other suction line 721 in particular exclusively with another vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two side-by-side vacuum chambers 719 via at least one suction line 721 and at least one controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 with at least one vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two adjacent vacuum chambers 719 via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 with this at least one vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable. Alternatively and / or in addition, the sheet-fed printing press stands out 01 preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two adjacent vacuum chambers 719 via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 with at least one other source of negative pressure 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven with respect to the transverse direction A separate and / or separable vacuum chambers 719 are arranged next to each other, the pairs of which relative to the transport direction T relative position both partially overlap and also partially differ. Such arranged vacuum chambers 719 are also in the direction of transport T Vacuum chambers arranged offset to one another 719 called. By vacuum chambers arranged offset to one another in the transport direction T 719 can bow 02 even better relative to the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 being held. In particular, a bow 02 when entering an active area of a next vacuum chamber 719 or in the case of an outlet from an active area of a previous vacuum chamber 719 at the same time in the effective range of another vacuum chamber 719 remain. This ensures that there is always at least one vacuum chamber 719 is sufficiently closed to maintain negative pressure across the arch 02 on the conveyor belt 02 holds. Sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 additionally characterized in that at least one of these at least two vacuum chambers arranged offset from one another in the transport direction T 719 via at least one suction line 721 with at least one vacuum source 733 connected and / or connectable is arranged and at least one other of these at least two in the transport direction T offset from one another arranged vacuum chambers 719 via at least one other suction line 721 in particular exclusively with another vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least a first of these at least two vacuum chambers arranged offset from one another in the transport direction T 719 via at least one suction line 721 and at least one controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 with at least one vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least one other of these at least two vacuum chambers arranged offset from one another in the transport direction T 719 via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 with this at least one vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one other of these at least two in the transport direction T offset from one another arranged vacuum chambers 719 via at least one suction line 721 and at least one other controllable and / or regulatable valve 737 in particular exclusively with another vacuum source 733 connected and / or arranged to be connectable.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one of a vacuum chamber 719 or a suction line 721 associated valve 737 with a machine control, in particular as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained Sheet processing machine 01 which also has access to data on a location of at least one sheet 02 and / or to data on a rotational position of at least one on the transport of the at least one sheet 02 involved drive. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one of a vacuum chamber 719 or a suction line 721 associated vacuum source 733 with a machine control, in particular as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 which also has access to data on a location of at least one sheet 02 and / or to data on a rotational position of at least one on the transport of the at least one sheet 02 involved drive. By accessing this data, it is possible to identify only such vacuum chambers 719 to apply negative pressure that are sufficiently covered or will be soon to actually one or more sheets 02 to keep. The area of activated, i.e., vacuum chambers acted upon by vacuum 719 can then with respective bow 02 are moved and / or at least partially run ahead of them and / or follow them to a small extent, for example for safety reasons. In this way, suction power and thus energy is only used in a dosed manner.

A method for operating a sheet processing machine 01, in particular a sheet printing machine, is therefore preferred 01 , with at least one arch 02 by means of a suction belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 trained suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is transported, the at least one particularly flexible conveyor belt 718 ; 726 has, which is parallel to the transport direction with at least one transport section of its circulation path T along part of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path moves, in particular over a transport length. Thereby are along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path preferably at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least ten, in particular with regard to the transport direction T separate and / or separable vacuum chambers 719 arranged one behind the other, each having at least one suction opening 722 exhibit. This preferably covers at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 at least one suction opening in each of its transport section of its circulation path 722 several and more preferably all of these vacuum chambers arranged one behind the other 719 at least partially. The method is preferably particularly characterized in that a respective negative pressure of the at least two negative pressure chambers arranged one behind the other 719 is influenced in each case individually and in a time-varying manner as a function of at least such data that a position of the at least one sheet 02 characterize along the transport section, in particular along the transport section of the circulation path of the at least one transport belt 718 ; 726 .

The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet 02 thereby by negative pressure against a transport surface of one with suction openings 723 provided in particular flexible conveyor belt 718 ; 726 of the suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is pulled. The negative pressure is preferably determined by a difference between an ambient pressure on the one hand and a pressure within a respective negative pressure chamber 719 , their suction opening 722 from the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is at least partially covered, on the other hand. The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet 02 in at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 the sheet-fed press 01 is coated while using this as a suction belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 trained suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is transported. The method is further preferably characterized in that the at least one sheet 02 in at least one printing unit 600 the sheet-fed press 01 is printed while using this as a suction tape 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 trained suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 is transported.

As described, it has in particular as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 on, which is further preferably with at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to the transport direction T along a portion of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route extends. Only exactly one conveyor belt is preferred with respect to the transverse direction A. 718 ; 726 arranged. Seen in the transport direction T, several conveyor belts can be arranged one behind the other and different areas for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 Form the intended transport route. At least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is not necessarily, but preferred, as a conveyor belt 718 ; 726 one as a suction belt 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 trained suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 the sheet-fed press 01 formed, in particular this at least one suction transport means 111 ; 117 ; 119 ; 136 ; 211 ; 311 ; 411 ; 417 ; 511 ; 561 ; 611 ; 617 ; 711 ; 811 ; 817 ; 911 ; 1011 at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 having. It preferably has at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 as described a variety of Suction openings 723 on. As described, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 at least one coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 the sheet-fed press 01 is arranged. Further preferred are the at least one conveyor belt along the conveyor section 718 ; 726 at least two, even more preferably at least three and even more preferably at least four coating points 409 ; 609 ; 809 at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 the sheet-fed press 01 arranged. For example, the at least one conveyor belt is along the transport section 718 ; 726 at least one drying device 500 and / or at least one drying device 506 the sheet-fed press 01 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one band alignment means 738 of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 with the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is arranged standing in contact and more preferably that by adjusting a position of the at least one tape alignment means 738 relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame 427 ; 431 ; 508 ; 627 ; 631 ; 827 ; 831 ; 744 the sheet-fed press 01 a layer of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 7126 with respect to the transverse direction A. can be influenced. In this way, for example, long-term drifting of the at least one conveyor belt can occur 718 ; 726 with respect to the transverse direction A. be at least partially and preferably completely compensated, in particular during this at least conveyor belt 718 ; 726 for transporting sheets 02 is moved.

This is preferably at least one tape alignment means 738 as at least one tape registration roller 738 formed, more preferably as at least one tape alignment roller 738 , whose axis of rotation 742 is changeable in its orientation.

This changes in particular an angle between the axis of rotation 742 this tape registration roller 738 one hand and the axial direction A. on the other hand, in particular with regard to its amount and / or its position in space. For example, this is at least one tape alignment means 738 pivotable about an alignment axis, the direction of which has at least one component oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction A. In particular using the example of such a belt alignment roller 738 shows the mode of operation of the tape alignment means 738 . By inclining the belt alignment roller 738 need different parts of the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 depending on their position in relation to the transverse direction A, distances of different lengths for an entire revolution of the at least one conveyor belt 728 return. This is what at least one conveyor belt experiences 738 one with respect to the transverse direction A. acting force and is moved accordingly with respect to the transverse direction A in the course of its orbital movement. This controlled movement is preferably only generated in order to compensate for previously and / or otherwise occurring unwanted movements with respect to the transverse direction A.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one band alignment means 738 at least one radial bearing 739 has, its axis of rotation 742 at least with regard to a compensation direction W. at least relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame 427 ; 431 ; 508 ; 627 ; 631 ; 827 ; 831 ; 744 the sheet-fed press 01 is relocatable. This is preferably at least one radial bearing 739 at least in and / or against the compensation direction W. linearly displaceable. For example, there is at least one such radial bearing 739 at least one rotation of the at least one tape registration roller 738 around its axis of rotation 742 enabling radial bearing 739 . More preferably, it has at least one band alignment means 738 at least two radial bearings arranged at a distance in the transverse direction A. 739 on whose axes of rotation 742 at least with regard to a compensation direction W. at least relative to one another and / or independently of one another and / or relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame 427 ; 431 ; 508 ; 627 ; 631 ; 827 ; 831 ; 744 the sheet-fed press 01 are arranged displaceably. For example, this happens due to an uneven displacement of the radial bearings 739 the tape registration roller 738 . For example, the at least two radial bearings 739 at least in and / or against the compensation direction W. linearly displaceable. However, it is also possible, for example, to have at least two tape alignment means, which are designed, for example, as rollers and are offset with respect to the transverse direction A or arranged next to one another 738 to be arranged independently of each other with respect to the compensation direction W. are movable. However, the case is preferred in which there is exactly one, in particular as a tape alignment roller 738 formed band alignment means 738 is arranged and the at least two radial bearings 739 both of the same tape alignment means 738 assigned.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that a reference plane has a normal vector which is parallel to the transverse direction A. is oriented and one Compensation tangent 743 a tangent 743 at a contact section of a cutting line of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is with the reference plane and the contact section is such a section in which there is contact between the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 on the one hand and the at least one tape alignment means 738 on the other hand there is and the alignment direction W. parallel to the compensation tangent 743 is oriented. Then you can move to the transverse direction A. related position of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 be influenced particularly precisely, in particular without tensioning the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 unnecessarily strong influence. The direction of compensation also preferably runs W. parallel to an angle bisector between an inlet direction on the one hand, in the components of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 move when they have the at least one belt alignment means 738 and / or in which an incoming part of the at least one conveyor belt is located 718 ; 726 extends, and an outlet direction on the other hand, in the components of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 move when they have the at least one belt alignment means 738 leave and / or in which an outgoing part of the at least one conveyor belt is located 718 ; 726 extends. A deflection angle is preferably that angle through which the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 between a first and a last contact with the at least one tape alignment means 738 is diverted. The deflection angle is preferably at most 180 °, more preferably at most 120 °, even more preferably at most 90 ° and even more preferably at most 60 °.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one band alignment means 738 at least one alignment drive 741 having. This enables a remote-controlled and / or automated influencing of the transverse direction A. related position of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 can be achieved. This is preferably at least one tape alignment means 738 designed so that it can be controlled and / or regulated by means of a computing device, this computing device, for example, a superordinate machine control of the sheet-fed printing press 01 is or at least with the higher-level machine control of the sheet-fed printing press 01 is circuitry connected. Alternatively, this computing device is independent of the higher-level machine control of the sheet-fed printing press 01 . For example, the at least one alignment drive 741 as an electric motor 741 and / or as a pneumatic cylinder 741 and / or as a hydraulic cylinder 741 and / or as a linear drive 741 educated. For example, at least one sensor is arranged around a position of the at least one conveyor belt in relation to the transverse direction A 716 ; 726 capture. Signals from this at least one sensor can then, for example, be made available to an operator and / or for regulating and / or controlling the at least one alignment drive 741 be used.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one band alignment means 738 exclusively with an underside of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is arranged standing in contact and this underside is one for contact with the substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport area 718 of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 opposite surface of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is. This ensures that only the forces caused by paths of different lengths act, and preferably abrasion on a lateral edge of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is largely avoided.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one clamping means 736 for setting and / or maintaining a particularly mechanical tension of the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 , especially the suction belt 718 ; 726 is arranged and in particular with this conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is arranged in contact. As such a clamping device 736 is for example at least one deflection roller 736 arranged, the axis of rotation is arranged displaceably. This is preferably at least one clamping device 736 displaceable in and / or against at least one tensioning direction. For example, all are with the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 components of the at least one clamping means that are in contact 736 jointly arranged to be linearly movable. For example, it has at least one clamping device 736 at least two bearings, in particular radial bearings, which are parallel to one another and orthogonal to the transverse direction A. are movably arranged. For example, at least one tensioning drive is arranged by means of which the at least one tensioning means 736 is relocatable. The at least one tensioning drive is designed, for example, as at least an electric motor and / or as at least one hydraulic cylinder and / or as at least one pneumatic cylinder and / or as a linear drive.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the sheet-fed printing machine 01 at least one as a non impact Coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 trained coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and the sheet-fed printing press 01 at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 which has at least one transport section of its circulation path parallel to a transport direction T along a portion of a substrate for transporting 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path extends and along the transport section of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 at least one in particular by at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 specified coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 the sheet-fed press 01 is arranged. At least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 thus preferably has at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 on. The at least one print head is preferred 416 ; 616 ; 816 with at least a first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 of the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 arranged connected, more preferably with at least one side wall 428 , 628 , 828 of the at least one first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 of the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and even more preferably with at least two side walls 428 , 628 , 828 of the at least one first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 of the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 . This connection is, for example, direct, but preferably indirect. For example, the at least one print head is 416 ; 616 ; 816 via at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 and / or at least one other component with the at least one first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 connected arranged.

The first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 is preferably the frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 . The first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 preferably has at least two side walls spaced apart from one another, in particular with respect to the transverse direction A. 428 ; 628 ; 828 on. The at least one print head is further preferred 416 ; 616 ; 816 based on the transverse direction A between the at least two side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 via at least one deflection means 724 and at least one radial bearing with at least one second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 is arranged connected, more preferably with at least one side support 432 ; 632 ; 832 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 and even more preferably with at least two side supports 432 ; 632 ; 832 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 . The second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 is for example a frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 another unit 500 ; 700 or module 500 ; 700 , for example a drying unit 500 or a drying module 500 or a transport unit 700 or transport module 700 . The second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 is alternatively an auxiliary frame, for example 431 ; 631 ; 831 of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 . The second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 preferably has at least two side supports spaced apart from one another, in particular with respect to the transverse direction A. 432 ; 632 ; 832 on. This is further preferably at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 in relation to the transverse direction A, at least partially between the at least two side supports 432 ; 632 ; 832 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 arranged. The second frame is preferably located 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 and especially its side supports 432 ; 632 ; 832 on the transverse direction A. related between the side walls of the at least one first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 .

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 apart from at least one installation area, at most via flexible connections to the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 is arranged connected, this at least one installation area preferably a installation area below the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or below the sheet-fed printing machine 01 is. This means in particular that there is at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 the coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 or coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 can be assigned, but is still preferred by the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 carried and by the first rack 427 ; 627 ; 827 insofar is arranged mechanically decoupled. The at least one installation surface is preferably at least one surface that acts as a support surface acting from bottom to top and / or the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or the sheet-fed printing press 01 wearing. The at least one installation area is, for example, a floor of a building or a component of a sufficiently stable and low-vibration substructure.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 at least two in particular with regard to the transverse direction A. spaced apart side supports 432 ; 632 ; 832 and that the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 on the transverse direction A. related at least partially between the at least two side supports 432 ; 632 ; 832 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 is arranged and / or at least one of the at least two side supports 432 ; 632 ; 832 via at least one traverse 746 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 with at least one other of the at least two side supports 432 ; 632 ; 832 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 connected is arranged.

Such trusses 746 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 serve in particular the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 to stabilize. They are preferably designed for optimized stability and therefore in different relationships to the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 arranged. At least one such traverse is exemplary 746 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt, in particular designed as a transport section 718 ; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member is preferred 746 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 arranged, the at least partially vertically below a further section, in particular designed as a transport section, of this at least one transport belt 718 ; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, there is at least one such cross member 746 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 at least partially vertically above at least a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 arranged. As an alternative or in addition, there is at least one such cross member 746 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt, in particular designed as a transport section 718 ; 726 arranged at least partially vertically above another section of this at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, there is at least one such cross member 746 of the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 at least partially vertically above at least a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 arranged and at least partially vertically below a further section, in particular designed as a transport section, of this at least one transport belt 718 ; 726 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 at least two in particular with regard to the transverse direction A. spaced apart side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 and that the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 on the transverse direction A. related at least partially between the at least two side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 is arranged and / or at least one of the at least two side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 via at least one traverse 433 ; 633 ; 833 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 with at least one other of the at least two side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 connected is arranged.

Such trusses 433 ; 633 ; 833 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 serve in particular the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 to stabilize. They are preferably designed for optimized stability and therefore in different relationships to the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 arranged. At least one such traverse is exemplary 433 ; 633 ; 833 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt, in particular designed as a transport section 718 ; 726 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member is preferred 433 ; 633 ; 833 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 at least partially vertically below at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 arranged, the at least partially vertically below a further section, in particular designed as a transport section, of this at least one transport belt 718 ; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member is preferred 433 ; 633 ; 833 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt, in particular designed as a transport section 718 ; 726 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member is preferred 433 ; 633 ; 833 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt, in particular designed as a transport section 718 ; 726 arranged at least partially vertically above another section of this at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one such cross member is preferred 433 ; 633 ; 833 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 at least partially vertically above at least a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 arranged and at least partially vertically below a further section, in particular designed as a transport section, of this at least one transport belt 718 ; 726 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that one directly or indirectly with the side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 connected printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 at least partially vertically above at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt, in particular designed as a transport section 718 ; 726 is arranged. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably characterized in that at least one section of the at least one conveyor belt, in particular designed as a transport section 718 ; 726 extends through an opening defined at least in part by at least one printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 and at least partially by at least one crossbeam 433 ; 633 ; 833 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 and at least partially from the side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 is limited. The boundaries of this opening are preferably in a spatial area which is bounded by two planes, the normal vectors of which are in the direction of transport T and which are spaced apart from one another at most 50 cm and more preferably at most 25 cm.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one drive M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 of the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 at least partially directly or indirectly rigid with the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 connected is arranged. Then this is at least a drive M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 by separating the racks 427 ; 627 ; 827 ; 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 preferably so from the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 that movements decoupled this drive M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 and / or movements of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 have little or no effect on print quality, especially in the case of a non-impact printing unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 .

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 503 at least one drying device 500 and / or at least one drying device 506 on a section of the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is arranged aligned and that this at least one energy output device 501 ; 502 ; 503 rigid or via a positioning device 424 ; 624 ; 824 with the first rack 427 ; 627 ; 827 or with the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 or with one of the first frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 and the second frame 431 ; 508 ; 631 ; 831 ; 744 various third frame is arranged connected.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path in front of the at least one primer module 400 and / or in front of the at least one non-impact pressure module 600 at least one as a substrate supply device 100 trained module 100 is arranged. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path in front of the at least one primer module 400 and / or in front of the at least one non-impact pressure module 600 at least one cleaning device 201 for substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 is arranged.

In the following, different embodiments and / or design options of the at least one substrate supply device are described 100 described. Different combinations of individual configurations are possible. The substrate feeder 100 is preferably independent of other aggregates 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 trained, provided that there are no contradictions. For example, stacks 104 manually and / or by means of an automated system of the substrate supply device 100 supplied, in particular in the form of preferably on carrier units 113 arranged stacks 104 . Such carrier units 113 are for example pallets 113 . stack 104 as such the substrate feeder 100 are or were supplied, for example, as feeder stacks 104 designated. The carrier units 113 or pallets 113 preferably have correspondingly oriented grooves, for example for the engagement of stack carriers, in particular around sheets 02 and / or stacks 104 from the carrier units 113 or pallets 113 to solve.

The at least one substrate supply device 100 is preferably used to arch 02 of a stack 104 or partial batch 106 to be isolated and more preferably isolated to one or more subsequent units 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 feed. The at least one substrate supply device 100 has, for example, at least one pile turning device 101 or sheet turning device. The pile turning device 101 is preferably used to at least one sheet 02 having stack 104 or partial batch 106 to apply as a whole. A turning of the bow 02 is useful, for example, when two opposite main surfaces of the arch 02 differ from each other and a subsequent processing should take place on a certain of these main surfaces. This is the case regardless of whether the arch 02 be turned individually or whether the stack 104 is turned as a whole or whether a partial stack 106 be turned. For example, this is true when the arch 02 before they are put together to form the stack 104 were edited and / or when the arches 02 have inherently distinguishable main surfaces. Such distinguishable main surfaces arise, for example, as a result of the manufacture of corrugated cardboard sheets 02 .

A stacking holding area 102 is an area 102 , especially space area 102 , in which at least during operation of the processing machine 01 at least temporarily that pile 104 is arranged, the subsequent processing of his sheet 02 is divided. The stacking holding area 102 preferably comprises the entire spatial area that is used to arrange such a stack 104 is provided, in particular regardless of whether the stack 104 takes up less space than would be possible, for example because of its arch 02 have already been partially isolated or have a smaller than the maximum possible format. This pile 104 is preferably the feeder stack 104 . The stack holding area is therefore preferred 102 the space area 102 , at least during operation of the processing machine 01 for an arrangement at least one as a feeder stack 104 trained stack 104 which is intended to be divided. The at least one pile turning device 101 is the sheet with respect to an intended transport path 02 for example the stack holding area 102 upstream. Then the stack can 104 are turned as a whole before further processing by the processing machine 01 is supplied and in particular divided. Alternatively or additionally, there is at least one pile turning device 101 regarding the intended transport path of the sheets 02 the stack hold area 102 subordinate. Then the pile turning device is 101 preferably as a partial stack turning device 101 educated. For example, a partial stack separator 103 arranged, which serves a particular upper part of the stack 106 from that in the stack hold area 102 arranged stack 104 to separate. A partial batch 103 preferably has more than one arch 02 on. The partial stack separator 103 is for example as a partial stack pusher 103 and / or designed as a partial stack pulling device.

For example, the stack 104 a multiple arch 02 having partial stack 106 taken as follows. First is the stack 104 brought to a height where an uppermost arch 02 of the stack 104 is at a removal height. Then a partial pile pusher is used 103 especially in the direction of transport T on the pile 104 too moved up with at least one bow 02 of the stack 104 comes into contact. This at least one bow 02 becomes, for example, the bottom arch 02 of the partial batch 106 . Then the partial stack pusher 103 moves even further and thereby moves the at least one sheet in contact with it 02 and sheets preferably arranged above it 02 . These moved arches 02 are thus together as a partial stack 106 preferably in the transport direction T moved, especially pushed.

For example, this sub-stack 106 then first the partial pile turning device 101 fed. The partial pile turning device 101 has, for example, at least one means of transport 107 on, preferably as at least one conveyor belt 107 , more preferably at least two conveyor belts 107 is trained. The means of transport 107 is preferably at least partially about a pivot axis 108 pivotable, which is more preferably horizontal and / or orthogonal to the intended transport direction T and / or is oriented parallel to the transverse direction A. For example, the at least two conveyor belts 107 move towards each other, in particular with respect to the vertical direction V. This allows the partial stack 106 between the two conveyor belts 107 hold, in particular pinch, and with these together about the pivot axis 108 pivot, in particular by essentially 180 °. To retract the partial stack 106 into the partial pile turning device 101 and / or to extend the partial stack 106 from the partial pile turning device 101 is preferably at least one of the at least two conveyor belts 107 activated. For example, these can each be operated in two directions in order to transport the partial stack 107 regardless of the current swivel position of the means of transport 107 to be able to use.

The substrate feeder 100 has regardless of whether a pile turning device 101 or a partial pile turning device 101 is arranged or not preferably at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 on. If necessary, there are several isolation devices 109 arranged, in particular with respect to the transport direction T spaced and / or one behind the other. For example, a separating device is then used 109 an at least partial separation of sheets 02 and another separation device for a subsequent complete separation of the sheets 02 . This at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 is for example with regard to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path after the partial pile turning device 101 arranged. If no partial pile turning device 101 is arranged, the sub-stack 106 after its generation, preferably the same as the separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 fed. Especially if there is no partial stack separator 103 is arranged and / or no partial stacks 106 are generated, the separating device acts 109 or sheet separating device 109 preferably directly on a respective stack 104 one. For example, this stack is 104 the feeder pile 104 , which is further preferred in the stack holding area 102 is located. Then there is at least one separating device 109 for example as a removal device 114 educated.

The at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 isolated the arch 02 of the stack 104 or partial batch 106 preferably at least partially. The at least one separating device 109 or sheet separating device 109 isolated the arch 02 of the stack 104 or partial batch 106 in at least one embodiment from below and in at least one other embodiment from above.

Partial or complete separation of the sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial batch 106 in a first embodiment of a sheet separating device takes place from below 109 for example by placing the stack 104 or partial batch 106 on at least one lower translation element 111 , especially a lower means of transport 111 lying in particular continuously, for example in the transport direction T is transported and at least partially against an obstacle 112 that only runs a lower portion of the stack 104 or partial batch 106 lets pass, for example, only an arc 02 or two sheets 02 or a few bows 02 . This creates at least the bottom sheet 02 by means of the at least one lower translation element 111 especially in the direction of transport T preferably continuously transported while other sheets 02 are initially held back and only after at least the bottom sheet has been removed 02 can sink from top to bottom until they are in the position themselves to be under the obstacle 112 can get through. The height of the obstacle 112 is preferred to the thickness of the sheet 02 and / or adapted to a desired type of separation. As a height-adjustable obstacle 112 becomes a weir, for example 112 used, preferably as a plate 112 is trained. Shall the bow 02 are completely isolated, a height below the obstacle is preferably greater than the thickness of the arch 02 and less than twice the thickness of the arch 02 . An incomplete separation is sufficient, for example in the form of a shingled stream of sheets 02 , the height under the obstacle is preferably correspondingly greater than twice the thickness of the arch 02 and, for example, less than four times the thickness of the sheet 02 . For example, so is the entire stack 104 sporadically or incompletely isolated, i.e. flaked, especially if there is no partial stack separator 103 is arranged. However, the stack is preferred 104 by means of the partial stack separator 103 successively in partial stacks 106 divided, which are then turned or transported onward and then separated or incompletely separated, that is, flaked.

The lower translation element 111 is for example as a suction means of transport 111 , especially as a suction belt 111 and / or suction box belt 111 and / or roller suction system 111 educated. Preferably comes as the lower translation element 111 in this case, however, at least a relatively simple conveyor belt 111 for use that does not have a suction device. The lower translation element 111 is preferred by the partial pile turning device 101 a respective sub-stack 106 fed by means of the obstacle 112 is at least partially separated and into a stream of on the at least one lower translation element 111 arranged, isolated or scaled arches 02 is converted. At this point there is an exact position of the sheet 02 preferably not yet necessary, since this exact position is preferably only in a subsequent treatment by means of at least one further separating device 109 and / or by means of a facility 300 will be produced. The at least one investment facility 300 is part of the substrate feeding device 100 or trained independently.

Separation of the sheets 02 of the stack 104 or partial batch 106 or in particular of a storage stack or system stack from below takes place in a second embodiment of a sheet separation device 109 for example by placing the stack 104 or partial batch 106 or storage stack or plant stack in a storage device 134 is stored and at least one especially primary accelerator 136 at preferably controlled and / or regulated selected times with a respective bottom sheet 02 of the stack 104 or partial batch 106 or storage stack or plant stack is brought into contact and / or controlled and / or regulated on this lowest sheet 02 acts. In the foregoing and in the following, a storage stack designed as a system stack is mentioned when the separation from below by means of this sheet separation device 109 is described. This is independent of whether any other, for example partial separation from below or from above has already taken place beforehand, or whether this stack has been pretreated differently or as a whole when it is first fed into the substrate supply device 100 directly into the storage device 134 was introduced.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that a through the at least one primary accelerator 136 defined respective section of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters and / or in the entire area of the respective primary accelerator 136 has a direction that is at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction and / or from the transport direction T deviates.

The preferred as a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 and in particular the substrate feeder 100 preferably has at least one storage device 134 for at least one storage stack of sheets 02 on. The storage device 134 is preferred with respect to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport path after the stacking area 102 arranged. For example, two storage stacks are provided, one of which is designed as a system stack and one as a buffer stack. Preference is given to using the substrate supply device 100 from a first batch 104 , for example as a feeder stack 104 is trained, originating arch 02 the storage device 134 and in particular can be fed to the at least one storage stack, in particular from above. The at least one storage device preferably has 134 the at least one separating device acting from below 109 which is designed to each have a lowermost arch 02 a storage stack and in particular a system stack can be seen individually. This is the bottom arch 02 prefers the lowest arch 02 one multiple arch 02 having storage stack. This at least one separating device acting from below 109 is accordingly preferably designed to be able to separate and / or separate a storage stack and in particular a system stack from below.

The storage device 134 preferably has at least one front stop 137 on, which is preferred as a front wall 137 is designed and / or as a front lay 127 serves. Alternatively or additionally there is a separate front lay 127 arranged. The front stop 137 preferably prevents unwanted movement of the bow 02 in the direction of transport T before this to the bottom arch 02 of the asset stack. The front stop 137 preferably prevents tilting or other disintegration of the at least one in the storage device 134 arranged storage stack, in particular the system stack and / or the buffer stack.

The storage device 134 preferably has at least one side stop 139 on, which is preferred as a side wall 139 is trained. With respect to the transverse direction A, on both sides of the storage device are further preferred 134 Side stops 139 arranged. Alternatively or in addition, there is at least one separate page mark 128 arranged. The at least one side stop preferably prevents unwanted movement of sheets 02 in and / or against the transverse direction A, before this to the bottom sheet 02 of the asset stack. The at least one side stop 139 preferably prevents tilting or other disintegration of the at least one in the storage device 134 arranged storage stack, in particular the system stack and / or the buffer stack. The storage device 134 preferably has at least one back stop 141 on, which is preferred as a back wall 141 is trained. The at least one back attack 141 is arranged in front of the at least one storage stack with respect to the transport direction T and preferably prevents unwanted movement of sheets 02 against the transport direction T, before this to the bottom sheet 02 of the asset stack. The back attack 141 preferably prevents tilting or other disintegration of the at least one in the storage device 134 arranged storage stack, in particular the system stack and / or the buffer stack.

The separation device 109 preferably has at least one especially primary accelerator 136 on, in particular to accelerate a respective bottom sheet 02 of the at least one storage stack or system stack, more preferably in the transport direction T . The at least one primary accelerator 136 is preferably arranged below the at least one storage stack, more preferably below the at least one contact stack and even more preferably also further below the at least one buffer stack. The at least one primary accelerator 136 is for example as at least one transport roller 136 and / or as at least one conveyor belt 136 and / or as at least one suction transport means 136 , especially suction tape 136 and / or suction box belt 136 and / or roller suction system 136 and / or suction cups 136 and / or suction roll 136 formed and / or preferably has at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 on. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. For example, there are several primary accelerators 136 arranged, in particular in the form of several transport rollers 136 and / or several conveyor belts 136 ; 718 ; 726 and / or several suction transport means 136 . For example, there are several primary accelerators 136 one behind the other with respect to the transport direction T. arranged. Alternatively or additionally, it has at least one primary accelerator 136 at least two, more preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces separated from one another by spaces in relation to the transverse direction A 718 and in particular conveyor belts 718 ; 726 on. It is preferred that the at least two, preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces separated from one another by spaces in relation to the transverse direction A 718 and / or conveyor belts 718 ; 726 the at least one primary accelerator 136 by means of a common primary drive M101 are drivable.

At least one spacer is preferred 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 arranged. The at least one spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 is preferably used for the at least one primary accelerator 136 at least temporarily and / or controlled and / or regulated by any sheet 02 to be able to keep away. For example, lie a bow 02 or more arches 02 or a pile of sheets 02 at least temporarily on the at least one spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 on. The at least one primary accelerator 136 and the at least one spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 are preferably relative to each other at least with respect to the vertical direction V arranged movably, in particular through vertical mobility of the at least one spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 and / or by vertical mobility of the at least one primary accelerator 136 . For example, the at least one spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 as at least one recessed support surface for sheets 02 formed and / or protrude the primary acceleration means 136 at least partially and / or at least temporarily out through the recesses upwards. The sum of the respective support surface can be smaller than the total surface of the recesses.

The respective bottom arch is in a holding position 02 of the attachment stack on the spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 on without the primary accelerators 136 to touch. Then the at least one spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 lowered and / or the at least one primary accelerator 136 raised, comes the respective bottom sheet 02 of the system stack with the corresponding at least one primary accelerator 136 in contact. By suitably driving the at least one primary accelerator 136 becomes this arch 02 Moved forward in transport direction T. Preferably there is at least one primary accelerator 136 at the moment when it comes to the bottom arch 02 the stack of attachments comes into contact, still and is then accelerated to at the same time this arc 02 to accelerate. It is preferred that the at least one primary accelerator 136 itself is accelerated at least temporarily while a respective arc 02 in particular from a standstill to the first speed v1 is accelerated. The at least one primary accelerator is preferred 136 braked and especially stopped, especially after it is out of contact with this arc 02 is advised.

Alternatively, especially when the primary accelerator is controlled accordingly 136 , the at least one spacer is omitted 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 . Only the respective at least one primary accelerator is preferred 136 driven, the one with the currently lowest arch 02 of the system stack is in contact. Primary accelerators 136 that with no bow 02 or already with the next sheet 02 are in contact are then preferably stopped first. Primary accelerators 136 that are already out of contact with the current bottom sheet 02 of the system stack are preferably first stopped and / or out of contact with the next sheet 02 held or brought. For example in the case of a suction transport means 136 sections of a suction device can be switched off in a targeted manner.

The at least one primary accelerator 136 preferably serves alone or more preferably in cooperation with at least one further, in particular secondary, accelerator 119 always exactly one arc 02 who prefers already with regard to the transport direction T and / or the transverse direction A. was geared to speed up. Is preferred along one for a transport of sheets 02 provided transport route after the at least one primary accelerator 136 at least one secondary accelerator 119 is arranged. This acceleration takes place, for example, from a temporary standstill and / or to a processing speed and / or coating speed and / or printing speed at which at least one sheet 02 at this point in time and / or at a later point in time by at least one further unit 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 is transported and processed there, in particular by the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is transported and is further preferably coated there. This acceleration is optionally combined with further, in particular secondary, accelerating agents 119 performed. By means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 and / or at least one secondary accelerator 119 is therefore a respective bow 02 from a standstill and / or from a first speed v1 to a second speed v2 accelerable while at least one other arc 02 at the same time as a processing speed and / or coating speed and / or printing speed through the at least one further unit 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , especially non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is transported and further preferably processed there, in particular coated and / or printed.

The first speed v1 is preferably a speed different from the processing speed and / or coating speed and / or printing speed. The second speed v2 is preferably equal to the processing speed and / or coating speed and / or a printing speed provided for transporting the sheets through the at least one printing module and / or a punching speed provided for transporting the sheets through the at least one punching module. At least one primary accelerator is preferred 136 regarding the transport direction T at least one outgoing means of transport 119 the substrate feeder 100 subordinate. This is for example as at least one transport roller 119 or at least a pair of transport rollers 119 or as at least one suction transport means 119 educated. For example, this is at least one outgoing means of transport 119 also an accelerator 119 , especially the at least one secondary accelerator 119 . This is preferably at least one secondary accelerator 119 as suction means of transport 119 formed and / or has the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 on. For example, it has at least one secondary accelerator 119 at least two, preferably at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven with respect to the transverse direction A. Transport surfaces separated from each other by spaces 718 and in particular conveyor belts 718 ; 726 on. It is preferred that the at least two, preferably at least three, even more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least seven transport surfaces separated from one another by spaces in relation to the transverse direction A 718 and / or conveyor belts 718 ; 726 of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 by means of a common secondary drive M102 are drivable.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably from the fact that one by the at least one secondary accelerator 119 defined respective section of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path has a minimum radius of curvature which is at least 2 meters and / or in the entire area of the respective primary accelerator 119 has a direction that is at most 30 ° from at least one horizontal direction and / or from the transport direction T deviates.

The at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one front lay 127 is preferably used to align the sheet 02 of the asset stack. For example, there is at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one front lay 127 at least temporarily arranged in such a way that they are at least on the second sheet 02 from below of the system stack influences and / or out of contact with the respective bottom sheet 02 of the asset stack. Alignment then takes place, for example, on the bottom sheet 02 lying arch 02 by transporting the bottom sheet 02 against the at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one front lay 127 is pressed and aligned before he himself with the at least one in particular primary accelerator 136 comes into contact, which then more preferably stands still. It is preferred that one be for contact with arcs 02 provided area of the at least one front stop 137 is oriented against the transport direction T. For example, at least one pressing element and / or deflecting element is arranged, which supports the sheet 02 on the front stop 137 and / or the front lay 127 causes and is designed, for example, as at least one brush. So come the bows 02 always in a defined position with the at least one accelerator 136 in contact and can be transported further through this in an exactly known position.

It is preferred that the at least one front stop 137 in its on the vertical direction V related position is arranged changeable. The at least one front stop is preferred 137 and / or the at least one front lay 127 adjustable in height to accommodate different thicknesses of sheets 02 to be customized. It is preferred that one of the at least one front stop 137 at least upwardly limited passage gap during a processing operation of the sheet processing machine 02 is greater than a thickness of each of the sheets to be processed 02 and is less than twice the thickness of each of the sheets to be processed 02 . Alternatively or additionally, for example, there is at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one Front lay 127 movable in such a way, in particular pivotably arranged, that they the further intended transport path of the lowermost sheet 02 only release when it comes into contact with at least one front stop 137 and / or this at least one front lay 127 was aligned. The sheet feeder unit preferably has 100 at least one front stop 137 on that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path between the at least one primary accelerator 136 on the one hand and the at least one secondary accelerator 119 on the other hand is arranged. For example, when the substrate feeder 100 at least one front lay 127 and / or at least one front stop 137 has, which is the facility 300 preferably part of the substrate supply device 100 and more preferably part of the separating device 109 .

Adaptation to different widths of sheets to be processed is preferred 02 possible. Under the width of an arch 02 is to be understood in particular its dimension in the transverse direction A. For example, it is preferred as a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 characterized in that the sheet feeder module 100 at least one as a suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 trained suction transport means 119 ; 136 ; 311 and this at least one suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 at least three conveyor belts arranged at a distance from one another with respect to a transverse direction A. 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 has and more preferably at least one displacement means 158 ; 159 is arranged, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 in and / or against the transverse direction A. is laterally displaceable. This is preferably at least one primary accelerator 136 as a suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 designed with these properties and / or is at least one secondary accelerator 119 as a suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 trained with these properties. The at least one side stop and / or the at least one side mark 128 is preferably given by the fact that the side stops 139 , especially side walls 139 , with respect to the transverse direction A. movable and in particular to a width of the sheet 02 are adapted to be arranged. This allows the bow 02 by removing the bottom sheet 02 conditional and preferably downward movement on the side walls 139 slide along and be brought into and / or held in an aligned position. Ranges of accelerators are preferred 119 ; 136 and / or conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 that are outside the width of the sheet currently being processed 02 lie, can be covered by at least one protective cover. This at least one protective cover is designed, for example, as at least one telescopic plate. Alternatively, there is at least one active movement of the sheet, in particular one driven by a drive 02 against at least one side stop 139 provided, for example in a substantially and / or at least with respect to the transport direction T resting arch 02 . A lateral alignment takes place, for example, before and / or during and / or after the acceleration of the sheet 02 regarding the transport direction T . Alternatively or in addition to mechanical front stops 137 and / or side stops 139 Corresponding position sensors are arranged, which drive the respective sheet with a correspondingly precise drive 02 move in the respective direction and / or stop and / or move superimposed during its transport movement in order to align it.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the sheet processing machine 01 at least two as modules 100 ; 600 trained aggregates 100 ; 600 and that further preferably the at least two modules 100 ; 600 each with at least its own drive M100 ; M101 ; M102 ; M103 ; M600 ; M601 have and that at least one of the at least two modules 100 as a substrate feeder 100 trained sheet feeder module 100 and that the substrate feeder 100 at least one primary accelerator 136 with primary drive M101 ; M103 the substrate feeder 100 and at least one along one for sheet transport 02 intended transport route in transport direction T after the at least one primary accelerator 136 arranged secondary accelerator 119 with secondary drive M102 the substrate feeder 100 and that at least one further module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 at least one of the primary drive M101 ; M103 the substrate feeder 100 and the secondary drive M102 the substrate feeder 100 various other drive M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M700 ; M800 ; M900 ; M1000 for a transport of sheets 02 assigned. The primary drive is also preferred M101 ; M103 and the secondary drive M102 and the at least one other drive M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M700 ; M800 ; M900 ; M1000 each as a position-regulated electric motor M100 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M700 ; M800 ; M900 ; M1000 educated. Drive control of the primary drive is also preferred M101 ; M103 from a drive control of the secondary drive M102 different and is a drive control of the at least one further drive M600 from the drive control of the primary drive M101 ; M103 and from the drive control of the secondary drive M102 different. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the drive control of the primary drive M101 ; M103 and the drive control of the secondary drive M102 with a machine control of the sheet processing machine 01 Are connected by circuitry and further preferred that the drive control of the primary drive M101 ; M103 and the drive control of the secondary drive M102 and the drive control of the at least one further drive M600 with the machine control of the sheet processing machine 01 are circuitry connected.

That at least one more module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 is preferred as a coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or print module 600 designed and / or as a non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or Non Impact Print Module 600 formed and / or preferably has at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 and / or inkjet printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 on.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one sheet sensor 164 the substrate feeder 100 for detecting a respective leading edge and / or a respective trailing edge of respective sheets 02 is arranged aligned to the intended transport route. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one sheet sensor 164 on the transport direction T based on the at least one primary accelerator 136 and / or after the at least one front stop 137 and / or before the at least one secondary accelerator 119 is arranged. Alternatively or in addition, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one sheet sensor 164 on the transport direction T based in the area of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 and / or after the at least one secondary accelerator 119 is arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one secondary accelerator 119 as suction means of transport 119 is formed and exclusively below the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is arranged and / or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 as suction means of transport 136 is formed and exclusively below the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is arranged and / or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 below one for storing a stack of sheets 02 designated memory area 134 is arranged and / or that the at least one primary accelerator 136 in particular as a whole by means of at least one as a vertical drive M104 designated drive M104 at least with respect to a vertical direction V is arranged movably, in particular relative to the primary drive M101 ; M103 . This vertical drive is preferred M104 as an engine M104 , especially electric motor M104 and more preferably a position-regulated electric motor M104 designed and / or a drive control of this vertical drive M104 directly or indirectly connected to the machine control and / or connected via the BUS system to the machine control and / or to other drive controls, for example that of the drive of the primary accelerator 136 and / or that of the drive of the secondary accelerator 119 and / or that of the machining module's own drive 400 ; 600 ; 800 ; 900 .

Adaptation to different lengths of sheets to be processed is preferred 02 possible. Under a length of an arch 02 is in particular its dimension in the transport direction T and / or its horizontal, orthogonal to the transverse direction A. to understand oriented dimension. The adaptation is preferably carried out in that the at least one front stop 137 and / or more preferably the at least one back stop 141 regarding the transport direction T is movable and / or is moved and in particular to the length of the sheet 02 is adapted to be arranged and / or is arranged. By changing the position of the backgauge 141 results, for example, on the transport direction T related to a different position of a beginning of the storage device 134 . In particular, to compensate for this, one with respect to the transport direction is preferred T in front of the storage device 134 arranged means of transport 111 in its on the transport direction T related effective length formed changeable. This means of transport points to this 111 for example, a first number of transport elements or conveyor belts which cannot be changed with regard to their effective range. These are designed as conveyor belts, for example. This means of transport preferably has 111 in addition, for example, a second number of transport elements variable with regard to their effective range. These are for example as a whole at least with regard to the transport direction T displaceable transport elements and / or conveyor belts formed. By shifting the displaceable transport elements accordingly in and / or against the transport direction T a changed effective length of the whole results from transport elements that are unchangeable with regard to their effective range and transport elements that are variable with regard to their effective range.

As an alternative or in addition, the substrate feed device is distinguished 100 characterized in that the substrate supply device 100 at least one with regard to the transport direction T after the storage device 134 arranged means of transport 119 has that in its on the transport direction T related effective length is designed to be variable.

The at least one buffer stack serves in particular to ensure a continuous supply of sheets 02 secure. In particular, corrugated cardboard sheets 02 have relatively great thicknesses, i.e. dimensions in the vertical direction V on. This creates stacks 104 of corrugated cardboard sheets 02 processed particularly quickly through separation. For an uninterrupted supply of sheets 02 to the processing machine 01 is therefore a buffering of sheets 02 advantageous, which can be processed at least partially while the feeder stack 104 is exchanged or renewed. Bows are preferred 02 from the feeder pile 104 to the buffer stack at least partially promoted faster than this later and / or other sheets 02 at the same time in the processing machine 01 and especially in their coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 conveyed and / or coated. The buffer stack then increases during the renewal of the feeder stack 104 from and is then replenished, while it bends in particular by means of the at least one metering element, preferably at a steady pace, in particular from below 02 removed and fed to the system stack. This is preferably at least one with regard to the transport direction T in front of the storage device 134 and especially after the feeder stack 104 and / or after one for the feeder stack 104 provided main stack carrier arranged transport means 111 can be operated at a respective point in time at a speed which is different and more preferably at least temporarily higher than a coating speed or printing speed at which the sheet is at this respective point in time 02 through the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 be transported. This means of transport is preferred 111 assigned drive M100 the substrate feeder 100 independent of one of the coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 assigned drive M400 ; M600 ; M800 operable.

Bows are preferred 02 the storage device 134 fed from above. These bows are also preferred 02 the storage device 134 completely isolated or at least partially supplied separately. The bows are preferred 02 the storage device 134 fed by initially a feeder stack 104 can be removed. This is what the arches 02 completely or partially isolated.

This separation before being fed into the storage device 134 takes place, for example, from below, as already described, in particular by means of a lower transport means 111 on which the arches are lying 02 as a stack 104 or preferably as a partial stack 106 at least partially against the obstacle 112 run and thus depending on the setting of the obstacle 112 isolated or incompletely isolated, that is, flaked. For example, this results in an overlapping, i.e. in the case of a respective subsequent arc 02 partly on a respective preceding sheet 02 is arranged. The arch 02 are then by means of the means of transport 111 promoted until it ends up in the storage device 134 enter. Preferably this is done by the arch 02 into a slot of the storage device 134 fall. This shaft is, for example, through the at least one front stop 137 and / or the at least one back stop 141 and / or the at least one side stop is formed. At least one pressure roller is preferred 146 and / or pressure roller 146 arranged the arch 02 against that means of transport 111 presses, which is arranged immediately upstream of the shaft. This allows the bow 02 are fed to the shaft in a controlled manner. The shaft preferably has a cross-sectional area that decreases in the downward direction. This allows the bow to be released as soon as it sinks 02 an alignment of the arch 02 achieve, especially with regard to the transport direction T and / or with respect to the transverse direction A. . The sinking arch 02 then one after the other become the topmost arch 02 of the subsequent storage stack, which is preferably the buffer stack.

An alternative at least partial separation of the sheets 02 especially as an investor pile 104 trained stack 104 or a partial batch 106 from above is preferably done by each time a sheet is removed 02 a major part of the stack 104 regarding the transport direction T remains at least essentially unchanged and is only increased continuously or gradually if necessary. The main part of the stack 104 preferably consists of all sheets 02 of the stack 104 that have not yet been removed. The substrate supply device preferably has 100 at least one from above on arch 02 of the stack 104 acting and / or capable of acting Extraction device 114 on. By means of the at least one removal device 114 is preferably a top sheet 02 of the stack 104 individually detectable and / or transportable. The at least one extraction device 114 has, for example, at least one preferably as a lifting element 116 and / or holding element 116 trained handling element 116 on, preferably as at least one lifting suction device 116 and / or as at least one separating sucker 116 and / or as at least one transport suction device 116 is trained. The at least one lifting element 116 is preferred with at least one component in particular in the vertical direction V upwards and against the vertical direction V movable downwards. At least one blowing device, not shown, is preferably arranged, in particular with regard to the transport direction T in front of the extraction device 114 . This serves, for example, to facilitate the separation of the uppermost arch 02 from the arch below 02 . The extraction device 114 furthermore preferably has at least one upper translation element 117 on. The at least one upper translation element 117 preferably serves at least one movement of the sheet 02 in the intended transport direction T , for example up to another, in particular expiring, means of transport 119 the substrate feeder 100 or up to another unit 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or up to a means of transport 111 that goes to the storage device 134 leads. The further means of transport 119 the substrate feeder 100 preferably ensures that the sheets are transported further 02 especially in the direction of transport T and / or to an exit 121 the substrate feeder 100 .

For example, this is at least one handling element 116 , especially lifting element 116 and / or holding element 116 on the at least one upper translation element 117 arranged and movable together with this, in particular in and against the vertical direction V and / or in and against the transport direction T . The extraction device 114 is then for example like a well-known sheet separator 114 built up. By means of such a bow separator 114 becomes a top arch 02 detected, in particular sucked in, then preferably at least slightly raised and at least also in the intended transport direction T moves until it comes into an area of influence of another facility that continues its transport. Such a bow separator 114 is characterized, for example, by the fact that its upper translation element 117 executes an oscillating movement and / or per arc 02 at least and preferably exactly once in the transport direction T moves and then reverses and moves per arc 02 at least and preferably exactly once against the transport direction T emotional.

Alternatively, this is at least one upper translation element 117 of the at least one handling element 116 , especially lifting element 116 and / or holding element 116 separately operable and / or movable. For example, this is at least one upper translation element 117 as a means of transport 117 , in particular suction means of transport 117 and preferably as a suction belt 117 and / or suction box belt 117 and / or roller suction system 117 formed, the suction openings 722 or suction openings 724 preferably at least also or only point downwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably at least also or only upwards. The removal device is preferably distinguished 114 then in that the upper translation element 117 executes a rotating movement. The at least one lifting element 116 is then preferably movable upwards so far that a sheet held by it 02 with the at least one upper translation element 117 comes into contact or at least comes so far into its area of influence that when the at least one lifting element is subsequently deactivated 116 the arc of the at least one upper translation element 117 is durable. For example, this is at least one lifting element 116 can be moved upwards so far that each as a contact area of the at least one lifting element 116 with the bow 02 provided area of the at least one lifting element 116 as high as or higher than each as the contact area of the at least one upper translation element 117 with the bow 02 provided area of the at least one upper translation element 117 is arranged. This area provided as a contact area is, for example, the transport surface 718 or counter pressure area 718 of the upper translation element 117 .

In one embodiment, this is at least one lifting element 116 movable upwards so far that a bow held by it 02 with the at least one upper translation element 117 comes into contact, especially with its transport surface 718 or counter pressure area 718 , and of the at least one upper translation element 117 at least in the transport direction T is transportable, while the at least one lifting element continues 116 at least also ensures that the bow 02 against the at least one upper transport element 117 is pulled. The at least one lifting element 116 then acts, for example, at least in its raised position as part of the at least one upper translation element 117 , more preferably without even in the transport direction T to be movable. In particular, this is preferably the case when the at least one upper translation element 117 as a roller suction system 117 is trained. Alternatively, however, this is also the case if the at least one upper translation element 117 as a suction belt 117 and / or as a suction box belt 117 is trained.

Depending on the operating mode, a stream can produce completely separated sheets 02 or a stream of sheets lying on top of each other 02 be generated. This is dependent, for example, on a ratio of an average transport speed of the sheets 02 in transport direction T to a frequency at which the arc 02 the pile 104 can be removed.

Independent of further configurations of the at least one substrate feed device 100 this preferably has at least one outgoing transport means 119 on, which is more preferred as a suction transport means 119 and / or as at least one transport roller 119 or at least one pair of transport rollers forming a transport gap 119 and / or as at least one pair of conveyor belts forming a transport gap 119 is trained. The expiring means of transport 119 is used, for example, to process substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 from the substrate feeder 100 discharge, especially to an exit 121 the substrate feeder 100 down. For example, at least one is in particular with the outgoing transport means 119 cooperating pressure roller 122 and / or pressure roller 122 arranged.

The substrate feeder 100 has in particular, independently of the separation from above and / or from below, preferably at least one drive of its own M100 or engine M100 , especially electric motor M100 or position-controlled electric motor M100 on, who further prefers at least one means of transport 111 ; 117 ; 119 the substrate feeder 100 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. Especially if at least one accelerator 119 ; 136 is arranged, the substrate supply device 100 preferably at least one first further drive M101 ; M103 or engine M101 ; M103 , especially electric motor M101 ; M103 or position-controlled electric motor M101 ; M103 on, which further preferably has at least one accelerator 119 ; 136 the substrate feeder 100 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. The at least one first further drive M101 ; M103 also becomes the primary drive M101 ; M103 or primary accelerator drive M101 ; M103 the substrate feeder 100 called. For example, the substrate supply device 100 preferably at least a second further drive of its own M102 or engine M102 , especially electric motor M102 or position-controlled electric motor M102 on, which further preferably has at least one expiring means of transport 119 and / or at least one after the at least one in particular primary accelerator 136 on bow 02 Means of transport acting and / or capable of acting 119 or secondary accelerator 119 the substrate feeder 100 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. At least the first further drive is preferred M101 ; M103 and / or at least the second further drive M102 independent of other drives M100 ; M101 ; M102 ; M103 the substrate supply device can be driven.

The preferred as an aggregate 100 and / or as a module 100 trained substrate feeder 100 is preferably additionally or alternatively characterized in that the substrate feed device 100 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path at an initial level of the substrate feeder 100 ends. This section of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route and preferably the entire for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport path preferably begins with the separation of the sheets 02 . The initial height of the substrate feeder 100 preferably deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that they have at least one aggregate 100 ; 300 has at least one as a suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 trained suction transport means 119 ; 136 ; 311 for transporting sheets 02 in one transport direction T having. Alternatively or additionally, it has at least one suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 at least three with respect to a transverse direction A. spaced apart conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 on, with at least one displacement means 158 ; 159 is arranged, by means of which at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 in and / or against the transverse direction A. Is laterally displaceable, in particular adjustable, laterally displaceable and / or relative to at least one, in particular, stationary frame 162 this at least one aggregate 100 ; 300 . The at least three conveyor belts arranged next to one another 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 are therefore preferred not only with regard to the transverse direction A. arranged offset, but from a respective one of these at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 starting in and / or against the transverse direction A. seen is at least one other of the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 arranged.

Because at least one conveyor belt can be moved 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 is an adaptation to a width and / or a position of sheets to be processed 02 enables. are several conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 arranged next to each other, depending on the width of the arches 02 and location of the conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 different situations. Ideally, they are in the transverse direction A. related ends of the arch 02 each on a conveyor belt 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 on. However, for example with regard to the transverse direction A. between conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 in each case gaps and in particular suction openings 722 are arranged, there are various dangers. For one, one can click on the cross direction A. related end of each sheet 02 for example above a suction opening 722 lie and then at least partially from the negative pressure into the suction opening 722 to be pulled. This would possibly cause the respective arch to bend 02 result, which in turn leads to problems and / or inaccuracies in the transport and / or further processing of the sheet 02 can lead. There is also the risk of a bow 02 , its on the cross direction A. related end only to a very small extent on a conveyor belt 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 lies, for example two millimeters or less, with this end in a suction opening 722 is pulled, thereby laterally in contact with the conveyor belt 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 device and thereby with respect to the transverse direction A. is moved.

Because at least one conveyor belt can be moved 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 Such situations can be avoided or at least mitigated, for example by using at least one conveyor belt 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 or preferably several or more preferably all of the conveyor belts arranged next to one another 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 with respect to the transverse direction A. are shifted and thereby in the area of the transverse direction A. related ends of the arch 02 advantageous conditions are created. In this way, sheets of different widths can be created 02 can be handled in an optimized manner. In particular, the conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 then at least temporarily asymmetrically relative to a center of the respective unit 100 ; 300 be arranged and thereby the arch 02 be transported in the middle regardless of their width. An adjustment of the position of the at least one conveyor belt 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 takes place preferably before the start of a processing operation and, for example, once per processing order or only when processing sheets 02 whose width depends on the width of previously processed sheets 02 deviates. (In 25a and 25b is an example of a set of conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 shown in different positions.)

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one unit 100 ; 300 at least one in particular during the operation of the sheet processing machine 01 Fixed side stop 139 and / or at least one in particular during operation of the sheet processing machine 01 Stationarily arranged side mark 128 for aligning sheets 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. having. This at least one side stop 139 and / or this at least one side mark 128 is preferred in his or her to the transverse direction A. related position adjustable and / or is preferably used for aligning sheets 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. . He or she is therefore particularly preferred during the operation of the sheet processing machine 01 stationary. The at least one is preferred, in particular during operation of the sheet processing machine 01 Stationary side stop 139 for aligning sheets 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. in its on the transverse direction A. related position regardless of the transverse direction A. related position of the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 adjustable and / or the at least one is especially during operation of the sheet processing machine 01 Stationarily arranged side mark 128 for aligning sheets 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. in their to the transverse direction A. related position regardless of the transverse direction A. related position of the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 adjustable. For example, it has at least one unit 100 ; 300 at least two side stops designed as described 139 and / or at least two side marks designed as described 128 for aligning sheets 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. on. In particular, there are at least one side stop 139 and / or the at least one side mark 128 preferably relative to a frame 162 of the at least one unit 100 ; 300 movably and / or adjustably arranged, which is further preferably arranged stationary. The at least three conveyor belts arranged next to one another 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 are preferably at least partially in the transverse direction A. next to the at least one side stop 139 and / or the at least one page mark 128 arranged. At least one aggregate 100 ; 300 is preferred as at least one sheet feeder unit 100 and / or as at least one plant unit 300 educated. Alternatively, this is at least one aggregate 100 ; 300 as a conditioning unit 200 ; 550 and / or as a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or as a transport unit 700 and / or as a shaping device 900 and / or as a substrate dispenser 1000 educated.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one unit 100 ; 300 at least one Front stop 137 for bow 02 has, which is preferably less than a maximum length of the sheet to be processed 02 of the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 is located away. The at least one front stop is further preferably at least one during operation of the sheet processing machine 01 Stationary and / or height-adjustable front stop 137 for bow 02 . The at least three conveyor belts are preferred 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 on the transport direction T related at least partially in front of the at least one front stop 137 arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 and / or the substrate supply device 100 preferably in that the at least one unit 100 ; 300 at least one with respect to the transverse direction A. movable transport assembly 136 ; 161 ; 163 ; 718 ; 726 and that this has at least one transport assembly 136 ; 161 ; 163 ; 718 ; 726 at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 and at least two of this at least one of the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 assigned deflection means 163 and at least one support frame 161 has, which are preferably common with respect to the transverse direction A. are movably arranged and that this at least one transport assembly 136 ; 161 ; 163 ; 718 ; 726 by means of the at least one displacement means 158 ; 159 in and / or against the transverse direction A. is arranged displaceably. This transport assembly also preferably has 136 ; 161 ; 163 ; 718 ; 726 several and even more preferably all conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 of the at least one suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 this aggregate 100 ; 300 on. At least one means of displacement 158 preferably has at least one manual drive 159 and / or at least one electric drive 159 and / or at least one pneumatic drive 159 and / or at least one hydraulic drive 159 on. As a manual drive 159 for example, at least one handwheel is provided.

In a alternative or additional development is preferred as a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 relative to each other in their on the transverse direction A. related position are arranged invariably and / or have a constant distance. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that the with respect to the transverse direction A. movable transport assembly 136 ; 161 ; 163 ; 718 ; 726 at least one engine M101 ; M102 for driving the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 regarding the transport direction T and / or that with respect to the transverse direction A. movable transport assembly 136 ; 161 ; 163 ; 718 ; 726 at least one engine M101 ; M102 for driving the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 of the at least one first suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 regarding the transport direction T and at least one other engine M101 ; M102 for driving the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 the at least one further, with regard to the transport direction T behind the first suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 arranged suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 regarding the transport direction T and / or that with respect to the transverse direction A. movable transport assembly 136 ; 161 ; 163 ; 718 ; 726 at least one vacuum chamber 719 at least one conveyor belt 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 having. All components of the respective at least one suction belt are particularly preferred 119 ; 136 ; 311 this aggregate 100 ; 300 Part of the transport assembly 136 ; 161 ; 163 ; 718 ; 726 and / or together with respect to the transverse direction A. relocatable. As described is the transverse direction A. a horizontal direction A. and / or orthogonal to the intended transport direction T the arc 02 through the at least one aggregate 100 ; 300 and preferably by the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 oriented.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one unit 100 ; 300 at least two as suction bands 119 ; 136 ; 311 trained suction transport means 119 ; 136 ; 311 for transporting sheets 02 in one transport direction T having, with respect to the transport direction T are arranged one behind the other and, for example, as the first suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 and as a further suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 are designated. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that this has at least two suction belts 119 ; 136 ; 311 at least three each with respect to the transverse direction A. spaced apart conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 exhibit. The respective at least three conveyor belts arranged next to one another 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 are therefore preferred not only with regard to the transverse direction A. arranged offset, but from a respective one of these at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 starting in and / or against the transverse direction A. seen is at least one other of the at least three conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 arranged. This results in a multi-stage acceleration of the sheet 02 on particularly safe suction tapes 119 ; 136 ; 311 each with several adjustable conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 enables. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one particular respective displacement means 158 ; 159 is arranged by means of the at least one of the at least three at least one of these suction belts 119 ; 136 ; 311 assigned conveyor belts 119 ; 136 ; 718 ; 726 in and / or against the transverse direction A. adjustable laterally, in particular adjustable laterally. These at least two suction belts 119 ; 136 ; 311 are preferred as a sheet-fed printing press in an alternative or additional development 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably with regard to transport movements in the transport direction T can be operated and / or accelerated independently of one another.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably from the fact that from the set of at least one suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 at least one, for example the at least one first suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 , as the primary accelerator 136 the separation device 109 of the at least one unit 100 ; 300 is formed and / or that at least one, more preferably at least one other or further suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 from the set of the at least one suction belt 119 ; 136 ; 311 as a secondary accelerator 119 a separating device 109 of the at least one unit 100 ; 300 is trained.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that at least one primary accelerator 136 below one for storing a stack of sheets 02 of a substrate 02 designated memory area 134 the substrate feeder 100 is arranged and / or that more preferably at least two and even more preferably at least four and / or at least six primary acceleration means 136 with respect to a transverse direction A. side by side and below one for storing a stack of sheets 02 of a substrate 02 designated memory area 134 the substrate feeder 100 are arranged. The at least one substrate supply device is preferably distinguished 100 alternatively or additionally in that the substrate feed device 100 at least one, in particular, stationary frame 162 and at least one by means of a vertical drive M104 relative to the at least one frame 162 at least with respect to a vertical direction V movable lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 having. The at least one primary accelerator 136 is preferably at least partially and more preferably completely of the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 carried arranged. The at least two primary accelerators 136 are preferably at least partially and more preferably completely of the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 carried arranged. The at least one primary accelerator 136 is preferably at least partially and more preferably completely together with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 with respect to the vertical direction V movably arranged. The at least two primary accelerators 136 are preferably at least partially and more preferably completely of the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 carried arranged. The at least two primary accelerators 136 are preferably at least partially and more preferably completely at the same time together with one another and with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 with respect to the vertical direction V movably arranged.

If one with respect to the transverse direction A. movable support frame 161 is arranged, the at least one lifting frame is 166 ; 173 ; 174 preferably together with the at least one support frame 161 with respect to the transverse direction A. movably arranged and / or with respect to the vertical direction V relative to the at least one support frame 161 movably arranged. The at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 has, for example, at least two side panels 173 and at least one, more preferably at least two lifting beams 174 on, which is more preferred between the side panels 173 extend.

By means of the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 is preferably a displacement movement of at least one transport surface 718 the at least one primary accelerator 136 can be effected, the direction of movement of which has at least one vertical component and more preferably runs exclusively vertically. This displacement movement is preferably at least one transport surface 718 at least movable between an upper end position and a lower end position and / or is moved accordingly. With the respective primary acceleration means arranged in the upper end position 136 is preferably its at least one transport surface 718 at least partially and preferably completely above at least one support surface of the at least one, in particular one, tray of sheets 02 serving spacer 144 arranged. With the respective primary acceleration means arranged in the lower end position 136 is preferably its at least one transport surface 718 completely below the at least one support surface of the at least one, in particular the deposit of sheets 02 serving spacer 144 arranged.

For example, there is at least one accelerator 136 at least one conveyor belt 136 arranged. At least two primary accelerators are preferred 136 arranged and / or are several such conveyor belts 136 with respect to the transverse direction A. arranged side by side. For example, at least one is with suction openings 722 provided cover plate 193 arranged, more preferably between at least two primary acceleration means 136 . The at least one cover plate 193 is in particular a cover plate 193 at least one corresponding vacuum chamber 719 . The at least one cover plate is preferably shared with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 movably arranged. The negative pressure creates sheets 02 then against the cover plate 193 and / or against the conveyor belts 136 pulled and can be accelerated. Assemblies are preferably arranged, which more preferably each have at least one holding frame 194 and / or at least one vacuum chamber 719 and / or at least one cover plate 193 and / or at least one and more preferably at least two and even more preferably at least four deflection means 163 and / or at least one shaft section 171 and / or at least one sliding guide 188 and / or at least one compensating eccentric 189 and / or at least one and more preferably at least two conveyor belts each 136 exhibit. These assemblies are preferably each on the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 attached and / or together with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 movably arranged and / or at least partially as part of the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 educated. These assemblies are preferably connected to one another by their shaft sections 171 in particular via at least partially openable couplings 172 especially to a common wave 169 are connected.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that the means of the at least one vertical drive M104 at least vertical movement path that can be brought about is designed as a linear movement path and / or that the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 by means of at least one, for example, as a linear ball bearing 168 and / or as linear plain bearings 168 trained linear bearing 168 on the frame 162 and / or the support frame 161 of the frame 162 is stored. In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that the at least vertical drive M104 via at least one drive eccentric 181 and more preferably also via at least one, in particular with the drive eccentric 181 in operative connection swing arm 182 with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 is coupled. The at least one substrate supply device is preferably distinguished 100 characterized in that the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 compared to at least one of the vertical drive M104 drivable component 184 Is arranged supported, in particular via at least one stroke application point 183 and more preferably via at least two stroke application points 183 . This from the vertical drive M104 drivable component 184 is preferred as a vertical drive shaft 184 educated. For example, there are two drive eccentrics 181 on with respect to the transverse direction A. different points on the vertical drive shaft 184 arranged and each with a rocker 182 connected to the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 are preferably connected indirectly, in particular via respective height adjustment eccentrics 176 . The at least one drive eccentric 181 serves a lifting movement per sheet 02 . Therefore it is advantageous to have a drive at this point M104 to be provided.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that at least one height adjustment means 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 is arranged by means of the at least one upper end position of the means of the at least one vertical drive M104 at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means that can be brought about 136 regardless of the at least one vertical drive M104 is adjustable and / or continuously adjustable as one of at least three different end positions. Using the at least one height adjustment means 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 is preferably a relative height between the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 on the one hand and the at least one vertical drive shaft 184 and / or the at least one rocker 182 on the other hand adjustable, in particular independently of the position of the at least one vertical drive M104 . The at least one height adjustment means 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 is, for example, as a manually operable and / or as a height adjustment means that can be operated by a drive 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 educated. Because such a setting is not for every bow 02 is made individually, but preferably only once when changing the thickness of the sheets 02 , is a manually operated height adjustment device 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 sufficient. The substrate supply device is preferably characterized in that the at least one height adjustment means 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 at least the upper end position of the means of the at least one vertical drive M104 at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means that can be brought about 136 while maintaining the shape of the at least vertical movement path independently of the at least one vertical drive M104 is adjustable and / or that by means of the at least one height adjustment means 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 also at least one lower end position of the means of the at least one vertical drive M104 at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means that can be brought about 136 regardless of the at least one vertical drive M104 is adjustable and / or continuously adjustable as one of at least three different end positions. When arranging the at least one height adjustment means 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 can the vertical drive M104 can be operated without reversing direction and thus run at high speeds. The end positions are independent of the vertical drive M104 adjustable.

The at least one height adjustment means 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 has for example at least one height adjustment eccentric 176 and / or at least one height adjustment shaft 177 and / or at least one height adjustment lever 178 and / or at least one deflection means 179 on. At least one deflection means 179 has, for example, at least one thread and at least one strut cooperating therewith. A rotation of the strut then preferably brings about a translation of the strut through the thread. The strut preferably engages the height adjustment lever 178 on and their translation causes the height adjustment lever to pivot 178 . This gives preference to the height adjustment shaft 177 pivoted and over the at least one and preferably the at least two height adjustment eccentrics 176 one on the vertical direction V related relative position of the at least one lifting frame 166 one hand and the vertical drive shaft 184 and the at least one drive eccentric 181 on the other hand. Two height adjustment eccentrics are preferred 176 arranged, in particular at opposite ends of the height adjustment shaft 177 . The substrate supply device is preferably distinguished 100 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one height adjustment means 167 ; 176 ; 177 ; 178 ; 179 at least one height adjustment eccentric 176 has, by means of which a layer of at least one stroke application point 183 relative to the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 is adjustable and / or that at least one stroke application point via this 183 that of the vertical drive M104 caused movements on the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 are transferable, the at least one lifting frame being further preferred 166 ; 173 ; 174 via the at least one stroke application point 183 compared to at least one of the vertical drive M104 drivable component 184 Is arranged supported. This component 184 is preferred as the vertical drive shaft 184 educated.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that the at least one primary accelerator 136 as a conveyor belt 136 and / or as suction transport means 136 and / or as a suction belt 136 is formed and / or that by means of the at least one vertical drive M104 all components of a transport area 718 the at least one primary accelerator 136 common with respect to the vertical direction V are movable. In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that several primary accelerators 136 with respect to a transverse direction A. are arranged side by side and at the same time together with each other and with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 by means of the vertical drive M104 relative to the at least one frame 162 at least with respect to a vertical direction V are movably arranged.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that the at least two primary accelerators 136 at least one individual height adjustment device 186 for the individual adaptation of a particular at least in the vertical direction V related relative position of the respective transport area 718 of the respective primary accelerator 136 on the one hand and the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 on the other hand is assigned. This applies in particular regardless of the preferred at least to the vertical direction V related relative position respective transport areas 718 another of the at least two primary accelerators 136 on the one hand and the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 on the other hand. A substrate supply device then preferably results 100 , with at least two primary accelerators 136 with respect to a transverse direction A. side by side and below one for storing a stack of sheets 02 of a substrate 02 designated memory area 134 the substrate feeder 100 are arranged and wherein the substrate supply device 100 at least one, in particular, stationary frame 162 and at least one by means of a vertical drive M104 relative to the at least one frame 162 at least with respect to a vertical direction V movable lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 and wherein the at least two primary accelerators 136 preferably at least partially and more preferably completely from the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 carried and preferably at least partially and more preferably completely at the same time together with one another and with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 with respect to the vertical direction V are movably arranged and wherein the at least two primary acceleration means 136 at least one individual height adjustment device 186 for the individual adaptation of a particular at least in the vertical direction V related relative position of the respective transport area 718 of the respective primary accelerator 136 on the one hand and the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 on the other hand, in particular regardless of the preferred at least in the vertical direction V related relative position respective transport areas 718 another of the at least two primary accelerators 136 on the one hand and the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 on the other hand is assigned. With at least one individual height adjustment means 186 there is in particular the advantage that in the transverse direction A. uneven conveying behavior can be avoided or specifically influenced and / or that wear and tear of individual conveyor belts 136 can be compensated without these conveyor belts 136 to have to exchange.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that the at least two primary accelerators 136 as conveyor belts 136 and / or as suction transport means 136 and / or as suction belts 136 are designed and / or that as the at least one individual height compensation means 186 at least one a respective conveyor belt 136 and / or suction belt 136 in its position holding sliding guide 188 and / or at least one respective conveyor belt 136 and / or suction belt 136 deflecting means holding in its position 163 arranged and in particular at least in the vertical direction V related relative position to the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 is customizable. At least one compensating eccentric is preferred in each case 189 as part of the respective height adjustment means 186 the at least one sliding guide 188 with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 arranged connecting. For example, there is at least one compensating eccentric 189 as part of the respective height adjustment means 186 the at least one deflection means 163 with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 arranged connecting. For example, there is at least one fixing device 196 arranged to the respective height adjustment means 186 in different positions relative to the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 to be able to fix. This at least one fixing device 196 has for example at least one elongated hole.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that each of the at least two primary accelerators 136 at least one respective body of revolution 163 ; 187 has, each by means of at least one primary acceleration drive M101 ; M103 is driven and / or drivable. For example, the respective is at least one body of revolution 163 ; 187 as a drive wheel 187 of a respective conveyor belt 136 and / or suction tape 136 educated. Preferably each of the at least two primary accelerators has 136 at least one respective body of revolution 163 ; 187 each for setting a tension of the respective conveyor belt 136 and / or suction tape 136 is formed and arranged. For this purpose, at least one respective clamping eccentric is preferably arranged. Every conveyor belt is preferred 136 or suction belt 136 each one as a drive wheel 187 trained body of revolution 163 ; 187 and in each case a different one for setting a tension of the respective conveyor belt 136 and / or suction tape 136 trained body of revolution 163 ; 187 assigned. A respective axis of rotation of this respective driven rotary body 163 ; 187 is preferably relative to the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 immutable and / or fixed in place.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that each of the at least two primary accelerators 136 at least one body of revolution 163 ; 187 has, each via one of these at least two primary accelerators 136 common wave 169 is driven. The common wave 169 preferably has at least two shaft sections 171 on that with respect to a transverse direction A. are arranged one behind the other. Are preferred with respect to the transverse direction A. directly adjacent shaft sections 171 the common wave 169 each via an at least removable and / or at least partially openable coupling 172 connected arranged. In particular, a substrate feed device results 100 , with at least two primary accelerators 136 with respect to a transverse direction A. side by side and below one for storing a stack of sheets 02 of a substrate 02 designated memory area 134 the substrate feeder 100 are arranged and wherein the substrate supply device 100 at least one, in particular, stationary frame 162 and at least one by means of a vertical drive M104 relative to the at least one frame 162 at least with respect to a vertical direction V movable lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 and wherein the at least two primary accelerators 136 preferably at least partially and more preferably completely from the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 carried and preferably at least partially and more preferably completely at the same time together with one another and with the at least one lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 with respect to the vertical direction V are movably arranged and wherein each of the at least two primary accelerating means 136 at least one body of revolution 163 ; 187 has, which each have one of these at least two primary acceleration means 136 common wave 169 is driven and with the common shaft 169 at least two shaft sections 171 having, with respect to a transverse direction A. are arranged one behind the other and with respect to the transverse direction A. directly adjacent shaft sections 171 the common wave 169 each via an at least removable and / or at least partially openable coupling 172 connected are arranged.

Through these clutches 172 can conveyor belts 136 and / or suction belts 136 and / or assemblies can be mounted and / or dismantled and / or replaced particularly easily, in particular without an unnecessarily large number of components of the substrate supply device 100 having to dismantle. As described, such assemblies each have at least one holding frame, for example 194 and / or at least one vacuum chamber 719 and / or at least one cover plate 193 and / or at least one and more preferably at least two and even more preferably at least four deflection means 163 and / or at least one shaft section 171 and / or at least one sliding guide 188 and / or at least one compensating eccentric 189 and / or at least one and more preferably at least two conveyor belts each 136 on.

The respective body of revolution is preferred 163 ; 187 , each of which has one of these at least two primary accelerators 136 common wave 169 is driven as a deflection means 163 designed, in particular as a deflection means 163 of a respective conveyor belt 136 and / or suction tape 136 . The substrate feeder 100 is therefore preferably characterized in that the at least two primary acceleration means 136 as conveyor belts 136 and / or as suction transport means 136 and / or as suction belts 136 are formed and the respective bodies of revolution 163 as a deflector 163 are trained.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that each of the at least two primary accelerators 136 at least one respective body of revolution 163 ; 187 and / or drive wheel 187 has, each by means of at least one primary acceleration drive M101 ; M103 driven and / or drivable and / or that the common shaft 169 by means of at least one primary acceleration drive M101 ; M103 is driven and / or drivable.

In an alternative or additional development, the at least one substrate supply device is distinguished 100 preferably in that the at least one primary acceleration drive M101 ; M103 rigid relative to the frame 162 and / or relative to that of the lifting frame 166 ; 173 ; 174 different support frames 161 is arranged and / or at least via at least one cardan shaft 91 and / or via at least one torque transmission means 192 with the common wave 169 connected is. Such a torque transmission means 192 is for example as a belt 192 and / or as a chain 192 and / or as a gear 192 educated.

For example, the arches 02 from the substrate feeder 100 directly to an investment facility 300 fed, for example, also part of the substrate feeder 100 can be. Alternatively, the arches 02 initially at least one preparatory facility 200 fed.

At least one preparation device is preferred 200 based on the intended transport route after a substrate feed device 100 and / or in front of at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 arranged. The at least one preparatory facility 200 preferably has at least one action device 201 on. The at least one action device 201 is for example as a calender 201 and / or as a humidifier 201 and / or as a discharge device 201 and / or as an inerting device 201 and / or as a cleaning device 201 and / or as a deburring device 201 and / or as an inspection device 201 educated. A cleaning facility 201 is for example as a suction device 201 and / or as a blowing device 201 and / or as a stripping device 201 formed and / or preferably serves to remove pieces of paper and / or dust. An inspection facility 201 has for example at least one and preferably several, in particular at least two, in particular optical sensors, which are designed, for example, as a camera and / or in particular in the transverse direction A. are preferably arranged to be mechanically movable. Such sensors can be used, for example, to align incoming sheets 02 especially for further processing. Alternatively or in addition, these sensors are used to detect and / or check the dimensions of the sheets 02 , for example for a comparison with order data. The action device 201 is, for example, within another unit 100 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 arranged, in particular aligned with the intended transport route and / or acting and / or capable of acting. The preparation device is preferred 200 but as an independent unit 200 and more preferably module 200 educated.

The preparatory facility 200 preferably has at least one means of transport 211 on the more preferred as a suction transport means 211 is trained. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The preparatory facility 200 preferably has at least its own drive M200 or engine M200 , especially electric motor M200 or position-controlled electric motor M200 who further prefers the at least one means of transport 211 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. For example, the preparation device 200 at least one pressure roller 202 or pressure roller 202 on, by means of the arch 02 against the at least one means of transport 211 can be acted upon with a force. The preparatory facility 200 preferably has at least one transfer device 03 for bow 02 on. The one through the preparatory facility 200 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Preferably, the is preferably characterized as an aggregate 200 and / or module 200 trained preparatory facility 200 alternatively or additionally in that the preparatory device 200 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route at an entrance level of the preparation facility 200 begins and / or at an initial level of the preparation device 200 ends. The preparatory device is preferably distinguished 200 characterized in that this entrance height of the preparation device 200 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the initial height of the preparation device 200 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the respective entrance height of the preparation device 200 from the initial height of the preparation facility 200 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

For example, bows 02 by means of the substrate supply device 100 and / or at least one installation facility 300 gradually accelerated. For example, there is at least one primary accelerator 136 and at least one secondary accelerator 119 arranged. The primary accelerator 136 accelerates the bow 02 each preferably to a first speed v1 and the secondary accelerator 119 accelerates the bow 02 later preferably to a second speed v2 , for example the processing speed or printing speed and possibly an even higher third speed in between v3 . This means there is no need for an accelerator 119 ; 136 between a standstill and the second speed v2 or even the third speed v3 accelerated and decelerated. Unintentionally large accelerations are eliminated. Instead, it is sufficient for the primary accelerator, for example 136 when it's between a standstill and first speed v1 is accelerated and decelerated. The second accelerator 119 is up to the second speed in one embodiment v2 or even up to third speed v3 accelerated and then braked again to a minimum speed. This minimum speed is preferably equal to the first speed v1 . Alternatively, this minimum speed is greater than the first speed v1 . The arch 02 are then given a handover between the primary accelerator 136 and the secondary accelerator 119 by a relative speed between secondary accelerators 119 one hand and bow 02 on the other hand and accelerated by appropriate friction, at least until it reaches the second speed v2 be moved. The arch 02 are pulled along and accelerated in the process. In an alternative embodiment, the secondary accelerator 119 constant at the second speed v2 operated and accelerating the arc 02 on the second speed v2 takes place completely as described via the relative speed and corresponding friction. If necessary, further accelerating means are arranged.

One is preferably characterized in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 in that the sheet-fed press 01 at least two as modules 100 ; 600 trained aggregates 100 ; 600 and that further preferably the at least two modules 100 ; 600 each with at least its own drive M100 ; M101 ; M102 ; M103 ; M600 ; M601 exhibit. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that at least one of the at least two modules 600 as a non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 is trained. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that at least one of the at least two modules 500 as a drying module 500 is trained.

It is preferably characterized in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 alternatively or additionally in that at least one and in particular at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 at least one drying device 500 or drying device 506 having. This drying facility 500 or drying device 506 preferably has at least one as a hot air source 502 trained energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 503 on. It is preferably characterized in particular as a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 alternatively or additionally in that as at least one further of the at least two modules 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one coating module 400 ; 800 is arranged as a primer module 400 and / or as a painting module 800 is designed and has its own drying device 500 or drying device 506 having. For example, it is particularly characterized as a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 alternatively or additionally in that as the at least one further module 400 at least one as a primer module 400 trained coating module 400 is arranged, which has its own drying device 500 or drying device 506 and this drying device 500 or drying device 506 at least one as a hot air source 502 trained energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 503 and / or that as the at least one further module 800 at least one as a painting module 800 trained coating module 800 is arranged, which has its own drying device 500 or drying device 506 and this drying device 500 or drying device 506 at least one as a hot air source 502 trained energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 503 having.

At least one more of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example the primer module 400 preferably has a frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 on. This frame is preferred 427 ; 627 ; 827 directly or indirectly its drying device 500 or drying device 506 is rigidly connected. For example, with this frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 at least one counter pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 the at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example the primer module 400 arranged directly or indirectly connected. The drying device is preferred 500 or drying device 506 the at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example the primer module 400 only over the frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 the at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example the primer module 400 and / or mechanically flexible connections with a floor or an installation surface below the sheet-fed printing machine 01 connected. An area of action of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 the at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example the primer module 400 is regarding the transportation of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route preferably to an application point 418 the at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example the primer module 400 arranged. One for transporting the bow 02 through an area of action of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 the at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example the primer module 400 intended means of transport 417 , in particular suction means of transport 417 , is regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path preferably after a counter pressure means 408 this at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example this primer module 400 arranged. One for transporting the bow 02 through an area of action of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 the at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example the primer module 400 intended means of transport 417 , in particular suction means of transport 417 , is preferably by means of a drive M400 ; M401 ; M600 ; M601 ; M800 ; M801 the at least one further of the at least two modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , for example the primer module 400 drivable.

Generally on as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 In terms of reference, this preferably means that the primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 prefers a frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 has, with the directly or indirectly its drying device 500 or drying device 506 is rigidly connected and with which more preferably at least one counter pressure means 408 ; 608 ; 808 des as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as Painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 is arranged directly or indirectly connected. The drying device is preferred 500 or drying device 506 des as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 only over the frame 427 this as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or mechanically flexible connections with a floor or an installation surface below the sheet-fed printing machine 01 connected. An area of action of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 des as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 is regarding the transportation of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route preferably to an application point 418 ; 618 ; 818 des as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 arranged. One for transporting the bow 02 through an area of action of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 des as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 intended means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 , in particular suction means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 , is regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path preferably after a counter pressure means 408 ; 608 ; 808 this as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 arranged. One for transporting the bow 02 through an area of action of the drying device 500 or drying device 506 des as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 intended means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 , in particular suction means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 , is preferably by means of a drive M400 ; M401 ; M600 ; M601 ; M800 ; M801 des as a primer module 400 and / or as a print module 600 and / or as a painting module 800 trained coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 Primer module 400 drivable.

A rigid connection is to be understood as a connection that prevents uncontrolled relative movements. It is nevertheless provided, for example, that a relative movement that can be brought about in a targeted manner is possible by means of at least one mechanism and / or at least one drive, for example around the drying device 500 or drying device 506 from that for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 to be able to park the intended transport route.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that at least one of the at least two modules 100 as a substrate feeding device 100 is formed and / or that at least one of the at least two modules 600 as a print module 600 is trained. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the substrate feed device 100 at least one primary accelerator 136 with primary drive M101 ; M103 or primary acceleration drive M101 ; M103 the substrate feeder 100 and at least one along one for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route after the at least one primary accelerator 136 arranged secondary accelerator 119 with secondary drive M102 or secondary acceleration drive M102 the substrate feeder 100 and that the at least one primary accelerator 136 below one for storing a stack of sheets 02 designated memory area 134 is arranged. Such a stack comprises more than one sheet 02 . The primary drive M101 ; M103 the at least one primary accelerator 134 the substrate feeder 100 also becomes the primary accelerator M101 ; M103 the substrate feeder 100 called. The secondary drive M102 of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 the substrate feeder 100 also becomes secondary acceleration drive M102 the substrate feeder 100 called.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one printing module 600 one of the primary drive M101 ; M103 the substrate feeder 100 and the secondary drive M102 the substrate feeder 100 different drive M600 for a transport of sheets 02 assigned. Through the arrangement of the primary drive M101 ; M103 and secondary drive M102 is the independent movement of the accelerators 119 ; 136 and thus a gradual acceleration as described above is possible.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the sheet-fed printing machine 01 at least three as modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 trained aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and that the at least three modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 each with at least its own drive M100 ; M101 ; M102 ; M103 ; M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M401 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M601 ; M700 ; M800 ; M801 ; M900 ; M1000 exhibit.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the sheet-fed printing machine 01 multiple than Print modules 600 trained aggregates 600 has, each of which has at least its own drive M600 exhibit. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one printing module 600 as a coating agent, a printing module applied from above 600 is trained. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one printing module 600 as a non-impact coating unit 600 and / or as an inkjet printing unit 600 is trained. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 bow 02 at a first speed v1 can be accelerated and / or accelerated and that by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 bow 02 especially from the first speed v1 to a second speed v2 are accelerated and / or accelerated that is greater than the first speed v1 or even down to a third speed v3 which is even greater than the second speed v2 with the following deceleration to the second speed v2 .

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that a drive control of the primary drive M101 ; M103 from a drive control of the secondary drive M102 is different and that a drive control of the drive M600 of the print module 600 from the drive control of the primary drive M101 ; M103 and from the drive control of the secondary drive M102 is different. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the second speed v2 a printing speed for transporting the sheets 02 through the at least one printing unit 600 is. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that a drive control of the primary drive M101 ; M103 and a different drive control of the secondary drive M102 and a different drive control of the drive M600 of the print module 600 with a machine control of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 are circuitry connected. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one primary accelerator 136 as at least one on each of the lowest arches 02 accelerator acting on a stack 136 is trained.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that as the at least one primary accelerator 136 multiple subsets of primary accelerators 136 are arranged, which can be operated at least temporarily with sheet speeds that differ from subset to subset and / or each of which only has at least one of this respective subset of acceleration means 136 assigned respective primary drive M101 ; M103 exhibit. Each subset can be a primary accelerator 136 or more primary accelerators 136 exhibit. (Examples are in 14a and 16b to see.)

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that several spacers 144.1 ; 144.2 independently of each other at least with respect to the vertical direction V are movably arranged, for example at least a first spacer 144.1 and at least one second spacer 144.2 . For example, it is at least one first spacer 144.1 and / or is the at least one second spacer 144.2 designed as at least one support surface provided with recesses and / or the primary acceleration means protrude 136 at least partially and / or at least temporarily out through the recesses upwards. (An example of this is in 14b to see.)

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the drives M101 ; M102 ; M103 the one for moving the bow 02 acceleration means provided along their intended transport route 119 ; 136 the substrate feeder 100 can be operated independently of such drives which at least relate to the vertical relative movement of the primary acceleration means 136 on the one hand and the at least one spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 or the spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 on the other hand, drive, in particular the movements of the at least one spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 or the spacer 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 and / or the vertical movements of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 .

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one primary accelerator 136 as at least one transport role 136 and / or as at least one conveyor belt 136 and / or as at least one suction transport means 136 and / or as at least one suction belt 136 and / or as at least one suction box belt 136 and / or as at least one roller suction system 136 and / or as at least one suction pad 136 and / or as at least one suction roller 136 is trained. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one secondary accelerator 119 as at least one expiring means of transport 119 the substrate feeder 100 and / or as at least one Transport roller 119 and / or as at least one pair of transport rollers forming a transport gap 119 and / or as at least one suction transport means 119 and / or as at least one pair of conveyor belts forming a transport gap 119 is trained. In particular by at least one pair of conveyor belts that form a conveyor gap 119 can reduce a risk of the bow 02 too tightly compressed and / or deformed. (Examples are in 16a and 16b This is particularly effective in connection with corrugated cardboard sheets 02 careful processing of these sheets 02 . For example, at least one replaceable assembly is arranged, which includes the at least one secondary accelerator 119 having. Then, in a simple manner and depending on the requirement, for example a pair of transport rollers forming at least one transport gap 119 against at least one pair of conveyor belts forming a transport gap 119 be replaced.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that at least one additional device 147 for detecting incorrectly transported and / or incorrectly procured sheets 02 and / or at least one additional device 147 for sorting out sheets 02 and / or at least one additional device 147 for holding and / or pushing back bows 02 is arranged. (This is exemplified in 15th shown.) This at least one additional device 147 is regarding the transportation of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path preferably between the at least one primary accelerator 136 on the one hand and the at least one secondary accelerator 119 arranged on the other hand. If the option 147 as an additional device 147 for detecting incorrectly transported and / or incorrectly procured sheets 02 is designed, it is used, for example, to determine double arches and / or arches 02 to determine which have protruding components. Such protruding components could, for example, come into contact with a print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 Damage to this printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 cause.

An additional device 147 for sorting out sheets 02 has for example a suction device and / or a transport switch. For example, such an additional device 147 at least one compression means for sorting out 148 ; 149 on, by means of the arch 02 in particular are compressible with regard to their height and / or is used as a compression device 147 educated. This can cause corresponding damage to printheads 416 ; 616 ; 816 be avoided, even if initially protruding parts of the arch 02 were present. The corresponding arch 02 are destroyed, for example, but can preferably be sorted out by means of the transport switch.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that along the for the transport of sheets 02 provided transport path at least one in particular as a protrusion sensor 153 trained sensor 153 for detecting at least one spatial extent of arches 02 is arranged. The at least one protrusion sensor 153 is designed for example as an optical sensor and / or as a light barrier and / or as an ultrasonic sensor and / or as a capacitive sensor and / or as an inductive sensor and / or as a magnetic sensor. The at least one protrusion sensor 153 preferably detects a height of the sheets transported past lying underneath him 02 . If part of the arch 02 , especially part of the front end of the arch 02 is too far up, this is caused by the at least one protrusion sensor 153 detected. Especially with multi-layer sheets 02 like corrugated cardboard sheet 02 there may be protruding areas at the cut edges, for example because of cut-off glued areas and, as a result, soft individual layers. Such protruding areas could have undesirable consequences, especially damage to the print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 . That is why there are contacts between print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 and bow 02 dangerous and should be avoided at all costs. The sheet processing machine 01 preferably has at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 or inkjet printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 on. A compression device is therefore preferred 147 arranged, in particular one as a compression device 147 trained additional device 147 . This compression facility 147 is, for example, in the area of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 arranged to avoid _between the compression facility 147 and the print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 Areas are where the arch 02 is negatively changed in its form.

It is particularly preferred along the for the transport of sheets 02 provided transport path after a detection area of this at least one protrusion sensor 153 at least one compression device 147 arranged, the more preferably at least one first compression body 148 and at least one second compression body 149 and even more preferably at least one force element 151 having. The at least one first compression body 148 is preferably movable, in particular at least with respect to the vertical direction V and / or on the at least one second compression body 149 to. The at least one second compression body 149 is preferred as a counter pressure body 149 formed and more preferably stationary except for any rotational movements. For example, the at least one first compression body 148 as a particularly rotatably arranged roller 148 and / or the at least one second compression body is formed 149 as a particularly rotatably arranged roller 149 is trained. A respective direction of rotation of this respective roller 148 ; 149 is preferably oriented so that a bow 02 next area is parallel to the arch 02 moved, especially not anti-parallel. As the at least one second compression body 149 A component can also be used that carries further functions, for example at least a conveyor belt 718 ; 726 and / or at least one vacuum chamber 719 . An axis of rotation of the at least one first compression body 148 is preferably relocatable.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one first compression body 148 by means of the at least one force element 151 from a through layer onto the at least one second compression body 149 is arranged to be movable into a compression layer, further preferably with the first compression element arranged in the passage layer 148 the at least one force element 151 is biased. This enables a particularly fast response to a detection of a sheet to be compressed 02 can be achieved. The at least one compression device preferably has 147 at least one restraint device 152 which is switchable at least between a restraint state and a release state and which in the restraint state a movement of the at least one first compression body 148 is arranged preventing from its passage position in its compression position. This maintains the preload. A preload is to be understood in particular as a state in which the corresponding body strives to change its shape automatically in order to reach a state of lower energy. For example, it has at least one force element 151 at least one spring and / or at least one magnet and / or at least one electromagnet and / or at least one spring plate. The at least one retaining device preferably has 152 at least one trigger drive 157 which is more preferably designed as a pneumatic cylinder and / or as a hydraulic cylinder and / or as an electromagnet and / or as an electric motor. The at least one retaining device preferably has 152 at least one stop body 156 on, which is further preferably by means of the at least one trigger drive 157 is movable. Then by activating the release drive 157 the stop body 156 are moved and the path of the at least one first compression body 148 from its passage position onto the at least one second compression body 149 too in its compression position.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that the sheet processing machine 01 at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 has, which is parallel to a transport direction with at least one transport section of its circulation path T along part of the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path and that the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 at least partially between the at least one first compression body 148 on the one hand and the at least one second compression body 149 on the other hand is arranged. At least with the first compression element arranged in the compression layer 748 and simultaneously between the first compression element 748 on the one hand and the second compression element 749 arranged arch 02 there is preferably contact between the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 on the one hand and the at least one second compression body 149 on the other hand. The at least one conveyor belt is preferred along the transport section 718 ; 726 at least one coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 the sheet-fed press 01 arranged. The detection area of this at least one protrusion sensor is preferred 153 along the transport section of the at least one transport belt 718 ; 726 arranged.

A compression area 154 is preferably that area that is from the at least one first and the at least one second compression body 148 ; 149 is set, in particular that spatial area in which a smallest distance between the at least one first compression body 148 on the one hand and the second compression body 149 and / or the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 on the other hand is smaller than the thickness of the sheet to be transported 02 . One along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path between the measured by the at least one first and the at least one second compression body 148 ; 149 specified compression range 154 on the one hand and the at least one coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 on the other hand is preferably at most 200 cm, more preferably at most 100 cm, even more preferably at most 50 cm, even more preferably at most 20 cm and even more preferably at most 10 cm. One along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path measured distance between the detection area of this at least one protrusion sensor 153 on the one hand and the at least one first and the at least one second compression body 148 ; 149 specified compression range 154 on the other hand it is preferably at most 200 cm, more preferably at most 100 cm, even more preferably at most 50 cm, even more preferably at most 20 cm and even more preferably at most 10 cm.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that at least one pretensioning drive is provided by means of which the at least one first compression body 148 from the compression layer, in particular from the at least one second compression body 149 is movable away into the passage position. Then the sheet processing machine has to 01 does not necessarily stop when an arc 02 has been compressed, but can after retightening the compression device 147 continue to run, for example without interruption. The sheet processing machine preferably has 01 at least one transport switch and / or discharge device and / or waste switch for sheets 02 on that regarding the transport of the bow 02 provided transport path after the at least one compression device 147 is arranged. Then can a compressed arch 02 can be disposed of in a simple manner.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one protrusion sensor 153 circuitry directly or indirectly with the at least one restraint device 152 is arranged connected and / or that the at least one protrusion sensor 153 circuitry with a machine control of the sheet processing machine 01 is connected, with which the at least one restraint device 152 is circuitry connected. This enables automated backup by means of the compression device 147 enables.

Is by means of the at least one protrusion sensor 153 a protruding part of an arch 02 the restraint is detected 152 deactivated and the at least one first compression body 148 presses the bow 02 against the at least one second compression body 149 and / or the at least one conveyor belt 718 ; 726 and thus compresses the arch 02 thereby causing damage to print heads in particular 416 ; 616 ; 816 is avoided. (An example is shown schematically in 21a a compression device 147 with compression body 148 in transit and in 21b a compression device 147 with compression body 148 shown in compression position.)

An additional device 147 for holding and / or pushing back bows 02 has for example a suction device and / or a pushing means. Such a suction device holds a corresponding sheet, for example 02 and prevents it from being transported further and causing damage. Such a pushing device is designed, for example, as a roller and / or roller and / or brush and is arranged to rotate and / or rotate. The direction of rotation is selected in such a way that a force imparted by the pusher device, for example by friction, is opposite to the transport direction of the sheet 02 and / or is oriented against its intended transport route. For example, the processing machine 01 stopped when an incorrectly transported sheet 02 detected and / or by means of the additional device 147 for holding and / or pushing back bows 02 was held and / or pushed back.

In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained sheet processing machine 01 preferably in that the at least one primary accelerator 136 at the same time as sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction A. and / or a pivot position and / or that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 at the same time as sheet alignment means for alignment with respect to the transverse direction A. and / or a pivot position is formed. The respective accelerator is used to change the swivel position 119 ; 134 for example, at least partially with respect to the transverse direction A. divided into at least two parts that can be driven and / or driven at different speeds to one another. For a change of position in relation to the transverse direction A. is the respective accelerator 119 ; 134 for example at least partially in and / or against the transverse direction A. movable, especially while it is with an arch 02 is in contact.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally from the fact that under a module 100 ; 600 a respective aggregate 100 ; 600 or a structure made up of several aggregates 100 ; 600 is to be understood that at least one of its own controllable and / or regulatable drive M100 ; M101 ; M102 ; M103 ; M600 has and / or at least one transfer means 03 for bow 02 and / or at least one with no deviation or with a deviation of no more than 5 cm on one for several modules 100 ; 600 same first standard height beginning and / or ending section of a for a transport of sheets 02 Has provided transport route and / or as an independently functioning module 100 ; 600 and / or is designed in each case manufactured for itself and / or in each case assembled for itself machine unit or functional assembly.

A method for operating a sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 trained processing machine 01 , being from a stack 104 originating arch 02 in particular by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 the substrate feeder 100 are preferably isolated from below. The arch 02 are preferred individually in one transport direction T accelerated, especially to a transfer speed vu and / or a catch-up speed va . The at least one primary accelerator is or will be preferred 136 by acting as a position-controlled electric motor M101 ; M103 trained primary drive M101 ; M103 driven. The at least partially separated sheets are preferred 02 in each case in particular from the at least one first accelerator 136 to the at least one, in particular with regard to the transport direction T behind the at least one front stop 137 arranged secondary accelerators 119 passed, preferably by a position-controlled electric motor M102 trained secondary drive M102 is or is being driven. Preferred are those from the stack 104 originating bow 02 by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 individually in the transport direction T on the transfer speed vu accelerated and the at least partially separated sheets 02 each of the at least one first accelerator 136 to the at least one secondary accelerator 119 transferred and at the same time with the transfer speed vu transported. The bows are preferred 02 especially along the for a transport of the sheet 02 provided transport path from the substrate supply device 100 to at least one other module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the sheet processing machine 01 transported, more preferably the sheet 02 after that by means of at least one drive M200 ; M300 ; M400 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M700 ; M800 ; M900 ; 1000 of at least one other module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 with a processing speed vb in particular individually by the respective further module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 transported and in this respective further module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 processed.

The at least one primary accelerator is preferred 136 as a whole by means of the at least one vertical drive M104 at least with respect to a vertical direction V relative to the primary drive M101 ; M103 moved to make contact with a respective arc 02 manufacture or terminate. Then the respective bow can 02 already by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 further accelerated, while the at least one primary accelerator 136 is already braked again or stands still. Due to the relative movement, the primary drive M101 ; M103 be spared.

A front stack boundary plane SV is preferred by a plurality of in the transport direction T oriented and / or the second accelerator 119 facing front edges of the not yet isolated sheets 02 of the particular remaining stack 104 defined and / or preferably has a surface normal that is horizontal and / or parallel to the transport direction T is oriented. The at least one primary accelerator 136 is preferably at least partially and more preferably completely in front of the front stack boundary plane SV arranged. That at least one secondary accelerator 119 is preferably at least partially and more preferably completely after the front stack boundary plane SV arranged. As catch-up speed va a transport speed of the sheet is preferred 02 which is greater than the machining speed vb . Any transport speed of the sheets is also preferred 02 that is greater than the machining speed vb , as catch-up speed va designated. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets are at least one point in time by means of the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and / or by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 with a maximum catch-up speed va which is at least 10% and more preferably at least 20% and even more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 50% greater than the processing speed vb .

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 the front stack boundary level at least at one point in time during their respective transport SV are arranged cutting and at the same time with a catch-up speed va be transported, especially along the for the transport of sheets 02 intended transport route T . This allows a preferred each subsequent sheet 02 of the stack faster with the at least one primary accelerator 136 come in contact and be accelerated earlier. In this way, the necessary acceleration to the processing speed can result in gaps between successive sheets 02 can be closed at least partially and more preferably down to a predetermined value. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary drive M101 ; M103 and the at least one secondary drive M102 operated in such a way that there is a gap between a preceding sheet 02 and a trailing bow 02 is reduced and / or set to a value within a predetermined tolerance range around a target value. At most one sheet at a time is preferred 02 the front stack boundary plane SV arranged cutting. This means that shingled transports are in the area of the front stacking boundary level SV avoided.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the remaining stack 104 sheet not yet isolated 02 by means of the at least one front stop 137 regarding the transport direction T is held back. The front stop is also preferred 137 the front stack boundary plane SV at least partially arranged securing. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 during their respective transport in each case at least one time with at least one component vertically above or preferably vertically below the at least one front stop 137 are arranged and at the same time transported with a catch-up speed that is greater than the processing speed. That at least one secondary accelerator 119 is preferred than with respect to the transport direction T behind the at least one front stop 137 arranged secondary accelerator 119 educated.

Depending on the geometrical conditions or material properties, it may be more useful to adjust the transfer speed vu less than or greater than or equal to the processing speed vb and / or less than or greater than or equal to a catch-up speed va to choose. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the transfer speed vu at least 20%, more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 40% of the processing speed vb and / or that the transfer speed vu is less than the processing speed vb and / or at most 80%, preferably at most 70% and more preferably at most 60% of the processing speed vb amounts. In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the from the stack 104 originating bow 02 by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 individually in the transport direction T on a catch-up speed va be accelerated and / or that the transfer speed vu is greater than the processing speed vb .

In a first embodiment of an acceleration curve, a respective arc 02 by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 accelerated to a transfer speed, then to the at least one secondary accelerator 119 passed, then by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 accelerated to a catch-up speed, then by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 accelerated to a maximum transport speed and then by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 decelerated to the processing speed.

In a second embodiment of an acceleration curve, a respective arc 02 by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 accelerated to a catch-up speed, then by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 accelerated to a maximum transport speed and to the at least one secondary accelerator 119 passed, and then by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 decelerated to the processing speed.

In a third embodiment of an acceleration curve, a respective arc 02 by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 accelerated to a catch-up speed, then by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 The at least one primary accelerator is then accelerated to a maximum transport speed 136 decelerated to a transfer speed, then at a transfer speed to the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 to hand over,
and then by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 decelerated to the processing speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 each by means of at least one through a primary drive M101 ; M103 powered primary accelerator 136 a substrate feeder 100 on a first speed v1 be accelerated and the primary drive M101 ; M103 further preferred as a position-regulated electric motor M101 ; M103 is trained. The bows are preferred 02 thereafter by means of at least one by a secondary drive M102 powered secondary accelerator 119 the substrate feeder 100 to a second speed v2 accelerated, with the secondary drive M102 further preferred as a position-regulated electric motor M102 is trained. The second speed v2 is preferably greater than the first speed v1 . In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheets 02 in each case thereafter by means of this at least one secondary accelerator 119 to a third speed v3 be accelerated which is greater than the second speed v2 and that the arch 02 thereafter in particular by means of this at least one secondary accelerator 119 back to second speed v2 be braked. It is not necessary to have the arch 02 on the second speed v2 be held before moving to third speed v3 be accelerated. For example, there is also a constant monotonous increase in the sheet speed from the first speed v1 on the third speed v3 possible. The bows are preferred 02 along a transport path from the substrate supply device 100 to at least one other module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the sheet processing machine 01 transported, in particular to a printing module 600 . The bows are preferred 02 after that by means of at least one drive M100 ; M200 ; 300 ; M400 ; M500 ; M550 ; M600 ; M700 ; M800 ; M900 ; 1000 of at least one other module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , especially print module 600 with a processing speed, in particular printing speed, through the respective further module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , especially print module 600 transported and in this respective further module 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 , especially print module 600 processed, especially printed. The processing speed, in particular the printing speed, is preferably equal to the second speed v2 .

A method is therefore particularly preferred in which the sheet 02 along a transport path from the substrate supply device 100 to at least one print module 600 be transported and taking the sheet 02 after that by means of at least one drive M600 of the at least one print module 600 with a print speed through the respective print module 600 transported and thereby in this respective printing module 600 being printed and being the first speed v1 is slower than the printing speed.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the printing speed is equal to the second speed v2 is and / or that the second speed v2 is greater than the first speed v1 . As an alternative or in addition, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheet 02 each at least one point in time with both the primary accelerator 136 as well as with the secondary accelerator 119 stay in contact. As an alternative or in addition, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary accelerator is braked 136 in each case no braking of the respective directly beforehand with this primary accelerator 136 accelerated arc 02 causes.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary accelerator is braked 119 in each case no braking of the respective directly beforehand with this secondary accelerator 119 accelerated arc 02 causes. However, there should be a gap between arches 02 are closed, there is preferably an acceleration and then a braking of a respective trailing sheet 02 by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 . Alternatively or additionally, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary accelerator 119 on the one hand itself is at least temporarily accelerated while a respective arc 02 from the first speed v1 on the second speed v2 and / or to the third speed v3 is accelerated and on the other hand is decelerated itself while a respective arc 02 from the third speed v3 on the second speed v2 is braked and / or that the at least one primary acceleration means 136 itself is accelerated positively to the respective arch 02 to accelerate positively and / or that the at least one primary accelerator 136 itself is accelerated negatively to the respective arch 02 to accelerate negatively and / or that the at least one secondary accelerator 119 itself is accelerated positively to the respective arch 02 to accelerate positively and / or that the at least one secondary accelerator 119 itself is accelerated negatively to the respective arch 02 accelerate negatively.

In an alternative or additional development, the method is preferably characterized in that at least one sheet sensor 164 a trailing edge of a preceding sheet 02 detected and a trailing edge signal generated and that at least one sheet sensor 164 a leading edge of a trailing sheet 02 detected and a leading edge signal generated and that the acceleration and / or the braking of the respective, in particular, trailing sheet 02 by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 is controlled and / or regulated taking into account the trailing edge signal and the leading edge signal. For example, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one primary drive M101 ; M103 and the at least one secondary drive M102 in particular taking into account the trailing edge signal and / or the leading edge signal and / or in particular by means of the machine control of the sheet processing machine 02 operated in such a way that there is a gap between a preceding sheet 02 and a trailing bow 02 is reduced and / or set to a value within a predetermined tolerance range around a target value. For example, there is a primary acceleration profile for the at least one primary acceleration means 136 and / or its primary drive M101 ; M103 stored and / or is a secondary acceleration profile for the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 and / or its secondary drive M102 deposited. It is preferred as a function of signals from the at least one arc sensor 164 the primary acceleration profile and / or more preferably modified the secondary acceleration profile.

In 26a is an exemplary schematic time profile of a transport speed of a sheet 02 shown, which initially covers part of a section a136 to a first speed by means of the at least one primary acceleration means v1 and thereafter over at least part of a section a119 by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 to a second speed v2 is accelerated. For example, in this case the first is speed v1 equal to the transfer speed vu and / or the second speed v2 equal to the processing speed vb . In 26b is an exemplary schematic time profile of a transport speed of a sheet 02 shown, which initially covers at least part of a section a136 by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 at a first speed v1 and thereafter over at least part of a section a119 by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 to a third speed v3 accelerated and then to a second speed v2 is braked. For example, in this case the first is speed v1 equal to the transfer speed vu and / or the second speed v2 equal to the processing speed vb and / or the third speed v3 a catch-up speed va . In 26c is an exemplary schematic time profile of a transport speed of a sheet 02 shown, which initially covers at least part of a section a136 by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 initially to at least one catch-up speed va and then to a transfer speed vu is accelerated and thereafter over at least part of a section a119 by means of the at least one secondary accelerator 119 on a processing speed vb is braked.

After passing on a respective sheet 02 becomes the respective accelerator 119 ; 136 that the bow 02 has passed, preferably slowed down again. The method is preferably characterized in that, at least at times, the at least one primary accelerator 136 is decelerated during the at least one secondary accelerator 119 and in particular also at least one arch 02 is accelerated and / or that at least temporarily the at least one secondary accelerator 119 is decelerated while the at least one primary accelerator 136 and in particular also at least one arch 02 is accelerated. The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one secondary accelerator 119 always at a speed other than zero v1 ; v2 ; v3 operated as long as it is with a bow 02 is in contact and / or that during a section of a processing operation of the sheet processing machine 01 , in which at least three arches 02 be isolated and accelerated, the at least one secondary accelerator 119 always at a speed other than zero v1 ; v2 ; v3 is operated.

Alternatively or additionally, the method is preferably characterized in that the first speed v1 is at least 10%, more preferably at least 20% and even more preferably at least 30% lower than the printing speed and / or that the first speed v1 at least 20%, preferably at least 30% and more preferably at least 40% of the second speed v2 and / or that the first speed v1 at most 80%, preferably at most 70% and more preferably at most 60% of the second speed v2 and / or that the third speed v3 is at least 10%, more preferably at least 20%, even more preferably at least 30% and even more preferably at least 50% greater than the second speed v2 .

As an alternative or in addition, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheet 02 in the at least one printing module 600 printed from above.

As an alternative or in addition, the method is preferably characterized in that the sheet 02 in the at least one printing module 600 printed from above using a non-impact printing process and / or using an inkjet printing process.

As an alternative or in addition, the method is preferably characterized in that the substrate supply device 100 as a module 100 the sheet-fed press 01 is trained.

Alternatively or additionally, the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one primary accelerator 136 on a respective underside of the arch 02 with the bow 02 is brought into contact, in particular exclusively on the respective underside, and / or that the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 has at least one transport gap in which the sheet 02 are at least partially arranged, while the at least one secondary accelerator 119 them to the second speed v2 and / or to the third speed v3 accelerated and / or to the second speed v2 brakes.

Preferably, the method is alternatively or additionally characterized in that during the acceleration by means of the at least one primary accelerator 136 a shift of the respective arch 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. and / or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet 02 around one orthogonal to the transverse direction A. extending pivot axis and / or a setting of a phase position of the respective arc 02 to at least one subsequent one, the bow 02 transporting component of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 he follows. As an alternative or in addition, the method is preferably characterized in that during the acceleration by means of the at least one secondary acceleration means 119 a shift of the respective arch 02 with respect to the transverse direction A. and / or a pivoting movement of the respective sheet 02 around one orthogonal to the transverse direction A. extending pivot axis and / or an adjustment of a phase position of the respective arc 02 to at least one subsequent one, the bow 02 transporting component of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 he follows. A setting of a phase position is to be understood in particular to mean that the movement of the arc 02 along its transport path and the movement of the following, the bow 02 transporting component of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 are coordinated in such a way that a previously determined point of the arch 02 , for example its leading end, with a predetermined location of the bow 02 transporting component comes into contact.

For example, this is done by moving the arch 02 accelerated positively and / or negatively along its transport path and / or this is the sheet 02 transporting component especially before its contact with this sheet 02 accelerated positively and / or negatively.

For example, if as described as the at least one primary accelerator 136 multiple subsets of primary accelerators 136 are arranged, the method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that the subsets of primary accelerators 136 perform different sequences of movements. For example, there is initially a bottom arch 02 a stack of accelerators 136 several of the subsets in contact. These subsets are then preferably initially accelerated synchronously and thereby drive this arc 02 at. By moving this bow 02 gets this bow 02 over time with the on the transport path of the sheet 02 related first primary accelerator 136 and then with other primary accelerators 136 out of contact. Preference is given to one sheet in one 02 related movement cycle of the primary acceleration elements 136 at least that on the transport route of the sheet 02 obtained first primary accelerators 136 decelerated and / or stopped earlier than that on the transport path of the sheet 02 obtained last primary accelerator 136 . This prevents a subsequent arc 02 with a primary accelerator moving at all or too fast 136 comes into contact, although this subsequent arc 02 should not yet move along the transport route. For example, some or all of the primary accelerators in this way 136 always stopped when a first arc 02 just getting out of touch with it and becoming all the primary accelerators 136 then in one to a subsequent arc 02 related movement cycle accelerated again together.

For example if several spacers as described 144.1 ; 144.2 independently of each other at least with respect to the vertical direction V are arranged movably, the method is preferably alternatively or additionally characterized in that initially the respective bottom sheet 02 of the corresponding stack on one on the intended transport path of the sheet 02 related first spacer 144.1 and on one on the intended transport path of the sheet 02 related to second spacer 144.2 rests without the primary accelerator 136 to touch. These spacers 144.1 ; 144.2 are then in their respective holding position. The first spacer 144.1 and the second spacer 144.2 are then preferentially lowered, creating contact between the lowermost arch 02 and the primary accelerators 136 arises. The primary accelerators 136 accelerate the sheet along its transport path. Then the first spacer along the intended transport path is used 144.1 raised so that the first bottom arch 02 with at least one of the primary accelerators 136 gets out of contact. This prevents a subsequent arc 02 with a primary accelerator moving at all or too fast 136 comes into contact, although this subsequent arc 02 should not yet move along the transport route. For example, several or all of the spacers are in this way 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 always raised when a first arch 02 just about getting out of contact or threatening to get out of contact and all spacers become 144 ; 144.1 ; 144.2 then in one to a subsequent arc 02 related movement cycle lowered again together.

At least one contact device is preferred 300 based on the intended transport route after a substrate feed device 100 and / or in front of at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 arranged. The at least one investment facility 300 preferably serves to align sheets as precisely as possible 02 . In this way it can be ensured that a subsequent processing of the sheet 02 as exactly as possible relative to the arch 02 and thus also relative to the bow before 02 performed processing takes place. The arch 02 are preferred depending on the design and / or operation of the substrate supply device 100 for example, shingled or sporadically the system device 300 fed. Preferably leave the arch 02 the facility 300 completely isolated.

The investment facility 300 preferably has at least one alignment device 301 on. The alignment device 301 has, for example, at least one in particular drivable and / or driven alignment roller 302 and / or alignment roller 302 which is rotatable, for example, about a horizontal axis of rotation and which is pivotable about a pivot axis which is in particular oriented parallel to a vertical direction. Alternatively or in addition, there is the alignment roller 302 and / or alignment roller 302 for example partially or as a whole in the transverse direction A. designed to be movable, in particular around sheets 02 in the transverse direction A. to be able to move and to move back again. For example, the system device 300 at least one pressure roller or pressure roller on, by means of the sheet 02 against this registration roller 302 and / or alignment roller 302 can be acted upon with a force. For example, this can be done by pivoting the alignment roller 302 and / or alignment roller 302 and / or movement of the registration roller 302 and / or alignment roller 302 in the transverse direction A. a layer of the respective sheet 02 to be influenced. The alignment device 301 alternatively or additionally has, for example, several drivable and / or driven alignment rollers 302 and / or alignment rollers 302 on, for example, in the transverse direction A. are arranged offset to one another. In particular, by driving these aligning rollers differently 302 and / or alignment rollers 302 let bow 02 pivot about an axis that is, for example, parallel to a vertical direction and / or to one of the main surfaces of at least one arc 02 is oriented in the orthogonal direction. By such pivotable and / or with respect to the transverse direction A. movable alignment rollers 302 and / or registration rollers 302 is for example an investment facility 300 feasible that without contact between arches 02 one hand and front lays 127 and / or side marks on the other hand.

The alignment device 301 alternatively or additionally, for example, has at least one stop, which is also used as a mark 127 referred to as. For example, the alignment device 301 at least one front lay 127 and / or at least one page mark. By moving the sheet against this front lay 127 and / or the respective sheet is against this page mark 02 Forced into a defined and known position from which it can then be transported further.

The at least one investment facility 300 has, for example, at least one inspection device 303 on. This at least one inspection facility 303 serves, for example, a position of the respective sheet 02 to detect, for example, in order to be able to change the position in a targeted manner and / or to obtain information about the position of the respective sheet 02 in subsequent units 200 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 to be able to use. For example, information obtained in this way is used to align the sheets without stops and / or during further transport 02 to undertake. The inspection facility 303 has, for example, at least one and preferably several, in particular optical sensors, which are designed, for example, as a camera and / or in particular in the transverse direction A. are preferably arranged to be mechanically movable.

The investment facility 300 preferably has at least one means of transport 311 on that next preferably as a suction means of transport 311 is trained. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The investment facility 300 preferably has at least its own drive M300 or engine 300 , especially electric motor M300 or position-controlled electric motor M300 who further prefers the at least one means of transport 311 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. For example, the system device 300 at least one pressure roller or pressure roller on, by means of the sheet 02 against the at least one means of transport 311 can be acted upon with a force. The investment facility 300 preferably has at least one transfer device 03 for bow 02 on. The through the facility 300 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Preferably, the is preferably characterized as an aggregate 300 and / or module 300 trained investment facility 300 alternatively or additionally in that the system device 300 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route at an entrance level of the facility 300 begins and / or at an initial level of the facility 300 ends. The abutment device is preferably distinguished 300 characterized in that this entrance height of the facility 300 deviates from the first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm, more preferably a maximum of 1 cm and even more preferably a maximum of 2 mm and / or that the initial height of the installation device 300 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm, and / or that the entrance height of the installation device 300 from the starting height of the facility 300 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

The following is a more detailed explanation of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 made, for example, as a priming unit 400 is trained. Insofar as this does not result in contradictions, what has been described is analogous to other embodiments of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 to be transferred, especially to printing units 600 and painting units 800 .

As described, for example, at least one is used as a primer 400 or primer unit 400 trained coating unit 400 arranged. At least one primer unit 400 preferably serves to apply a coating agent in the form of a primer to the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 to apply. This happens, for example, depending on the processing order, by applying it over the entire surface or by applying it over part of the surface. The primer facilitates subsequent processing of the sheets, for example 02 , for example applying at least one further coating agent, which is designed in particular as a printing ink and / or at least one further coating agent, which is particularly designed as an ink and / or at least one further coating agent, which is particularly designed as a lacquer.

The following is a more detailed explanation of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 made that as a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is trained. Insofar as this does not result in contradictions, what has been described is analogous to other embodiments of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 transferable. This flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is exemplary as a primer aggregate 400 shown. What is shown is analogous to printing units 600 and painting units 800 to be transferred, provided that there are no contradictions.

The flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably has at least one coating agent supply 401 ; 601 ; 801 on. The coating agent supply 401 ; 601 ; 801 is more preferred in the case of a primer assembly 400 a supply of primer 401 and / or in the case of a printing unit 600 a color supply 601 or ink supply 601 and / or in the case of a painting unit 800 a paint supply 801 . The flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably has at least one application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 on, which serves to apply coating agents to the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or arch 02 to be applied and especially for contact with substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 is provided. The application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 is for example as a forme cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 formed, especially in the case of a primer unit 400 as a primer cylinder 402 and / or in the case of a printing unit 600 as a color forme cylinder 602 or ink form cylinder 602 and / or in the case of a painting unit 800 as a coating forme cylinder 802 . On the form cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 at least one removable cover is preferably arranged and / or can be arranged in the form of at least one removable coating form, in particular priming form or printing form or painting form. This elevator is used to determine in which areas coating agent is to be transferred and possibly in which not. The respective elevator is preferably by means of at least one corresponding holding device, in particular clamping device and / or tensioning device, on a jacket surface of the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 can be arranged and / or arranged and preferably fixable and / or fixed.

Especially around the forme cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 and / or to supply the coating form with coating agent is preferably at least one supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 arranged, which is further preferred as an anilox roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 is formed and / or has a cell structure on its lateral surface and preferably with the forme cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 is in contact and / or can be brought into contact. Alternatively, between the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 and application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 at least one further transfer roller for coating agents can also be arranged. The supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 is for example in the case of a primer aggregate 400 as a primer supply roller 403 and / or in the case of a printing unit 600 as an ink supply roller 603 or ink supply roller 603 and / or in the case of a painting unit 800 as a paint supply roller 803 educated. With the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 there is preferably at least one buffer 404 ; 604 ; 804 for coating agents in contact and / or in operative connection. This is preferred as a chamber doctor blade 404 ; 604 ; 804 educated. With the particular as anilox roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 trained supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 there is preferably at least one chamber doctor blade 404 ; 604 ; 804 in contact and / or in operative connection. The preferred as a chamber doctor blade 404 ; 604 ; 804 trained intermediate storage 404 ; 604 ; 804 is preferably via at least one feed line 406 ; 606 ; 806 and more preferably also via at least one derivation 407 ; 607 ; 807 with the at least one coating agent supply 401 ; 601 ; 801 in connection. The supply line 406 ; 606 ; 806 and / or the derivation 407 ; 607 ; 807 is preferably in operative connection with at least one pump device. A device for assisted and / or automated and / or partially automated installation and / or removal of the supply roller is preferred 403 ; 603 ; 803 arranged.

At least one counter pressure means is preferred 408 ; 608 ; 808 arranged as an abutment for application of the coating agent to the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 serves. At least one counter-pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 is for example as an impression cylinder 408 ; 608 ; 808 educated. Alternatively, this is at least one counter pressure means 408 ; 608 ; 808 designed as a counter pressure belt. The one for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport path preferably runs between the forme cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 on the one hand and the counter pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 , especially impression cylinders 408 ; 608 ; 808 on the other hand. Forme cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 on the one hand and counter pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 on the other hand they preferably jointly form at least one coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 especially in the case of a priming unit 400 as a primer 409 and / or in the case of a printing unit 600 as a pressure point 609 and / or in the case of a painting unit 800 as a paint shop 809 is trained. An axis of rotation of the impression cylinder preferably extends 408 ; 608 ; 808 at least in part parallel to the transverse direction A. , always preferred.

The coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is, for example, as a coating unit that can be coated from above and / or coated from above 400 ; 600 ; 800 or alternatively, for example, as a coating unit that can be coated from below and / or be coated from below 400 ; 600 ; 800 educated. The selection is preferably made depending on how other units of the processing machine are used 01 built up and / or arranged and / or which side of the sheet 02 should be edited.

If the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 as a coating unit that can be coated from above and / or coated from above 400 ; 600 ; 800 and at the same time as a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is formed, is preferably the counter pressure means 408 ; 608 ; 808 below the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 and / or at least partially below the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 arranged and / or is preferably the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 above the counter pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 and / or at least partially below the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 arranged and / or is preferably the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 at least partially above the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 and / or at least partially above the counter pressure means 408 ; 608 ; 808 arranged. If the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 as a coating unit that can be coated from below and / or coated from below 400 ; 600 ; 800 and at the same time as a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is formed, is preferably the counter pressure means 408 ; 608 ; 808 above the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 and / or at least partially above the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 arranged and / or is preferably the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 below the counter pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 and / or at least partially above the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 arranged and / or is preferably the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 at least partially below the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 and or at least partially below the counter pressure means 408 ; 608 ; 808 arranged.

The supply roller is preferred 403 ; 603 ; 803 from the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 can be parked and / or arranged to be movable towards this. For this purpose, a corresponding first displacement device, in particular a lifting device, is preferably arranged. The supply roller is preferred 403 ; 603 ; 803 moves while an axis of rotation of the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 remains unchanged. However, the application cylinder is also preferred 402 ; 602 ; 802 of the counter pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 , especially impression cylinders 408 ; 608 ; 808 can be set down and / or arranged to be movable towards this, more preferably together with the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 . For this purpose, a corresponding second displacement device, in particular a lifting device, is preferably arranged, which is more preferably able to move an assembly, which is both the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 so also the supply roller 403 ; 603 ; 803 and further preferably additionally has the first displacement device.

At least one diagonal register setting device is preferably arranged, in particular as part of the respective coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 . The at least one diagonal register setting device has, for example, at least one and more preferably two at least preferably with regard to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport direction T displaceable rotary bearings, in particular radial bearings, on which a rotatable mounting of the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 serve. If this is at least one rotary bearing with at least one component in or against the transport direction T are moved or these two rotary bearings at least with different components in or against the transport direction T moves, the result is an inclined position of the axis of rotation of the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 . This results in a transfer of the coating agent to the sheet or sheets that is oblique compared to the previous one 02 , whereby the angular position can preferably be influenced in a targeted manner. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one diagonal register setting device preferably has at least one on the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 arranged positioning device, by means of which a position of the elevator relative to the lateral surface of the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 determinable and / or fixed. For example, the at least one diagonal register setting device has at least one pivotable suspension rail for elevators, in which the at least one elevator is suspended and / or can be suspended, for example, by means of a suspension arm that extends in particular. The at least one diagonal register setting device can preferably be operated in an automated manner.

The coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably has at least one incoming transport means 411 ; 611 ; 811 on. The at least one incoming means of transport 411 ; 611 ; 811 is along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route and / or with regard to the transport direction T preferably before a first coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 of the respective coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 arranged. The at least one incoming means of transport 411 ; 611 ; 811 serves, for example, the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or arch 02 at least the first coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 feed, especially from an input 412 ; 612 ; 812 of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 out. The at least one incoming means of transport 411 ; 611 ; 811 therefore serves, for example, to bow 02 the priming site 409 feed, especially from an input 412 of the primer unit 400 from and / or to the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or arch 02 the pressure point 609 feed, especially from an input 612 of the printing unit 600 from and / or to, bow 02 the paint shop 809 feed, especially from an input 812 of the painting unit 800 out. The at least one incoming means of transport 411 ; 611 ; 811 is preferred as a suction transport means 411 ; 611 ; 811 designed, in particular as a suction belt 411 ; 611 ; 811 and / or as a suction box belt 411 ; 611 ; 811 and / or as a roller suction system 411 ; 611 ; 811 . What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly.

The at least one incoming means of transport 411 ; 611 ; 811 is for example as an upper suction transport means 411 ; 611 ; 811 formed whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least substantially downwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably at least substantially upwards. Alternatively or additionally, this is at least one incoming transport means 411 ; 611 ; 811 as a lower suction transport means 411 ; 611 ; 811 formed whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least substantially upwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably at least substantially downwards. The selection is, for example, of upstream units and / or of the mode of operation of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 dependent. The coating unit is an alternative 400 ; 600 ; 800 formed for example without incoming means of transport. Then a unit arranged in front of it is preferably designed in such a way that the sheets are transferred 02 directly to the coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 can be done. This is possible, for example, if the unit arranged in front of it is used as a transport device 700 , especially transport unit 700 or transport module 700 is trained.

The coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably has at least one outgoing means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 on. The at least one expiring means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 is along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route and / or with regard to the transport direction T preferably after the coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 arranged. The at least one expiring means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 serves, for example, the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or arch 02 from the coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 discharge, especially to an exit 413 ; 613 ; 813 of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 to and / or after processing the respective sheet 02 in the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 . The at least one expiring means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 therefore serves, for example, to bow 02 from the primer site 409 discharge, especially to an exit 413 of the primer unit 400 here and there, bow 02 from the pressure point 609 discharge, especially to an exit 613 of the printing unit 600 towards and / or towards the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or arch 02 from the paint shop 809 discharge, especially to an exit 812 of the painting unit 800 down. The at least one expiring means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 is preferred as a suction transport means 417 ; 617 ; 817 designed, in particular as a suction belt 417 ; 617 ; 817 and / or as a suction box belt 417 ; 617 ; 817 and / or as a roller suction system 417 ; 617 ; 817 . What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly.

The at least one expiring means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 is for example as an upper suction transport means 417 ; 617 ; 817 formed whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least substantially downwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably at least substantially upwards. Alternatively or additionally, this is at least one outgoing means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 as a lower suction transport means 417 ; 617 ; 817 formed whose suction openings or suction openings preferably point at least substantially upwards and / or whose suction effect is preferably at least substantially downwards. The selection depends, for example, on whether the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 as a coating unit that can be coated from above and / or coated from above 400 ; 600 ; 800 or as a coating unit that can be coated from below and / or coated from below 400 ; 600 ; 800 is trained. A coating assembly capable of being coated from above and / or capable of coating from above preferably has 400 ; 600 ; 800 one as a lower suction transport means 417 ; 617 ; 817 trained outgoing means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 and / or has a coating unit capable of being coated from below and / or capable of being coated from below 400 ; 600 ; 800 one as an upper suction transport means 417 ; 617 ; 817 trained outgoing means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 on. This preferably prevents a freshly carried out coating from being carried through the outgoing transport means 417 ; 617 ; 817 could be damaged. The coating unit is an alternative 400 ; 600 ; 800 formed for example without leaking means of transport. Then a unit arranged downstream is preferably designed so that the sheets can be transferred 02 directly from the coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 can be made from. This is possible, for example, if the unit arranged afterwards is used as a transport device 700 or means of transport 700 , especially transport unit 700 or transport module 700 is trained.

As flexo coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 trained coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 each have, for example, exactly one coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 on. For the application of several different coating agents, several flexo-coating units are preferred 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially flexographic printing units 600 arranged.

For example, this has at least one as a flexo-coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 trained coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 in each case at least one dedicated, in particular integrated drying device assigned to it 500 or drying device 506 on. This is, for example, on the at least one outgoing transport means 417 ; 617 ; 817 each as a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 trained Coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 aligned.

The following is a more detailed explanation of a coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 made as a non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 , for example as a jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , in particular an inkjet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or jet coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially inkjet coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 is trained. Insofar as this does not result in contradictions, what has been described is analogous to other embodiments of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 transferable, especially to other non-impact printing units 600 . The jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably has at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 on. The at least one printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 is for example as an ink jet print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 educated.

The jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is based on the example of a jet printing unit 600 , especially inkjet printing unit 600 and / or jet printing module 600 described. The same also applies to a blasting primer unit 400 , especially blasting primer module 400 , and / or a jet painting unit 800 , in particular blast painting module 800 .

The at least one jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , in particular inkjet printing unit 600 , the processing machine 01 preferably again has at least one coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , on. Under a coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , is also included in the case of a non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 A preferably complete area is to be understood in the contact between a respective same coating agent, in particular ink, on the one hand and a respective sheet 02 on the other hand is produced or can be produced. The concept of the coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , should also be used when the coating agent has no contact between sheets 02 on the one hand and a component that transfers the coating agent on the other hand onto the sheet 02 is applied, for example by impinging freely movable coating means on the sheet 02 , for example flying drops of the coating agent. Preferably comprises a coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , all areas that are necessary for a specific, in particular this coating point to hit 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , assigned coating agent on the sheet 02 are provided. In the case of a printing unit operating according to the inkjet printing process 600 includes, for example, a pressure point 609 all areas necessary for a black ink, for example, to impinge on a first side of the sheet 02 are provided.

At least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially printing unit 600 , preferably has several coating points 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure points 609 on, each of which is assigned a respective coating agent, for example at least four coating points 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure points 609 , preferably at least five coating points 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure points 609 , more preferably at least six coating points 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure points 609 and even more preferably at least seven coating sites 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure points 609 .

As non-impact coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 , in particular inkjet coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 trained coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 thus preferably each have at least several, in particular at least four, preferably at least five, more preferably at least six and even more preferably at least seven coating points 409 ; 609 ; 809 on. For the application of several different coating agents, for example, there is then only one such coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 necessary. Alternatively, there are several non-impact coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially non-impact printing units 600 arranged.

Especially in non-impact coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially in jet coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 such as inkjet printing units 600 For example, water-based coating agents and / or wax-based coating agents and / or UV-curing coating agents are used. Optionally arranged dryer units 500 are preferably designed to be coordinated with the corresponding coating agents, that is to say have, for example, energy sources in the form of infrared radiation sources and / or UV radiation sources and / or hot air sources and / or electron beam sources.

Every coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , preferably has at least one application point 418 ; 618 ; 818 on. Every job site 418 ; 618 ; 818 is preferably at least one image-generating device 416 ; 616 ; 816 assigned, in particular at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 and more preferably at least one row of print heads. Every job site 418 ; 618 818 preferably extends in the transverse direction A. , more preferably over the entire working width of the processing machine 01 . In the case of an inkjet printing machine 01 is the at least one image-generating device 416 ; 616 ; 816 preferably as at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 , especially inkjet printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 educated. At least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 has preferred at least two print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 on. For example, there is at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 characterized in that the at least two print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 as print heads designed for a non-impact printing process 416 ; 616 ; 816 are formed and more preferably in that the at least two print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 as inkjet printheads 416 ; 616 ; 816 are trained. Imaging facilities 416 ; 616 ; 816 such as print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 usually have a limited dimension, particularly in the transverse direction A. . This results in a restricted area of the arch 02 , to that of a respective printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 Coating agent can be applied. Therefore, several image forming devices are commonly used 416 ; 616 ; 816 or print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 in the transverse direction A. arranged one behind the other. Such with respect to the transverse direction A. printheads arranged one behind the other 416 ; 616 ; 816 are called the printhead line. There are interrupted print head rows and continuous print head rows. In the special case of a print head that extends over the entire working width 416 ; 616 ; 816 this should also count as a printhead row, in particular as a continuous printhead row.

For example, at least one coating agent has several application points 418 ; 618 ; 818 assigned, for example in the form that two continuous rows or two double rows of printheads 416 ; 616 ; 816 eject or are capable of ejecting the same coating agent. This is useful, for example, to increase the resolution of a print image and / or to increase the speed of a coating process. These several job sites 418 ; 618 ; 818 then together form the coating point assigned to this coating agent 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 . A resolution with respect to the transverse direction A. is preferably 1200 dpi (1200 pixels per inch). The resolution regarding the transport direction T is determined by the number of print heads arranged one behind the other 416 ; 616 ; 816 and / or by the transport speed of the sheets 02 influenceable.

A coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 includes, for example, only one coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , for example for the color black. This preferably has at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 but as described several coating points 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure points 609 , on. The coating points 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure points 609 , can be spatially directly adjacent to one another or they can be spaced apart, for example separated by color. Under the term of a coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , should also include a section that - z. B. without interruption by another color - several successive application areas 418 ; 618 ; 818 has the same color. However, they are single or multiple job sites 418 ; 618 ; 818 one color along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route considered through at least one single or multiple application point 418 ; 618 ; 818 separated by at least one other color, these represent two different coating points in this sense 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure points 609 For the case of only one coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , this simultaneously represents the first and the last coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 of the coating unit concerned 400 ; 600 ; 800 For example, in the case of an indirect ink jet printing process, there is a coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 , especially pressure point 609 , a contact area between a transmission body and the respective sheet 02 .

For example, the jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one counter pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 on, which, however, preferably does not serve to the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 to pinch, but only to hold in place. At least one such counter-pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 is for example as a counter pressure belt 408 ; 608 ; 808 and / or as a means of transport 411 ; 417 ; 611 ; 617 ; 811 ; 817 , in particular suction means of transport 411 ; 417 ; 611 ; 617 ; 811 ; 817 educated. The jet coating unit particularly preferably has 400 ; 600 ; 800 in transport direction T seen just a means of transport 411 ; 417 ; 611 ; 617 ; 811 ; 817 on, which is more preferred as a suction transport means 411 ; 417 ; 611 ; 617 ; 811 ; 817 is designed and at the same time as an incoming means of transport 411 ; 611 ; 811 and / or as a counter pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 and / or as an outgoing means of transport 417 ; 617 ; 817 is trained.

If the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 as a jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is designed, it is preferably also as a coating unit that can be coated from above and / or capable of being coated from above 400 ; 600 ; 800 formed, in particular because of the commonly used designs of print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 . Then the print heads are preferred 416 ; 616 ; 816 above that for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route and / or above, for example, as a means of transport 411 ; 417 ; 611 ; 617 ; 811 ; 817 trained counter pressure means 408 ; 608 ; 808 arranged. When using suitable print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 can the jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 but in principle also as a coating unit that can be coated from below and / or coated from below 400 ; 600 ; 800 be trained.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least two, more preferably at least three and even more preferably at least four along one for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path arranged one behind the other, with respect to at least one coupling device 422 ; 622 ; 822 correspondingly structured reception facilities 421 ; 621 ; 821 has, each for the optional inclusion of one each as at least one printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 or as at least one dryer assembly 504 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 are trained.

A system is preferred which has at least one sheet-fed printing machine as described above and / or below, and at least one as a print head assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 as described above and / or below and at least one as a dryer assembly 504 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 as described above and / or below.

At least one of the receiving devices is preferred 421 ; 621 ; 821 with at least one and more preferably exactly one as a printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 occupied. Alternatively or additionally, at least one, in particular at least one other, of the receiving devices is preferred 421 ; 621 ; 821 with at least one and more preferably exactly one as a dryer assembly 504 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 occupied. This puts a strain on a dryer assembly 504 for example, the space of a receiving facility 421 ; 621 ; 821 or the space of several reception facilities 421 ; 621 ; 821 . For example, the sheet-fed printing press stands out 01 thus alternatively or additionally in that at least two of the receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 with one over at least a portion of these at least two receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 extending drying device 506 are occupied. Alternatively or additionally, at least one, in particular at least one other, of the receiving devices is preferred 421 ; 621 ; 821 unoccupied, i.e. free.

The standard assemblies 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 are preferably alternatively to one another in the receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 can be arranged. In particular, it is preferred in each of the receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 freely selectable either a printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 or a dryer assembly 504 can be arranged. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally from the fact that all standard assemblies 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 are constructed identically with respect to at least one geometric parameter. This at least one geometric parameter is, for example, a width of an available installation space and / or an arrangement of elements that are used to fasten the respective standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 serve.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that each of the receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 in each case at least one spatial area is assigned which extends in particular continuously at least over a working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 especially between side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of a frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 and for receiving one as at least one printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 or as at least one dryer assembly 504 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is available or serves.

The respective reception facility 421 ; 621 ; 821 consists for example of standardized arranged and executed threaded holes in side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of a frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 and the space in between for, for example, print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 or drying devices 506 . The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one coupling device 422 ; 622 ; 822 at least three and more preferably at least four of the frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 assigned coupling adapters 423 ; 623 ; 823 which are arranged in pairs defining relative standard distances and that each of the standard assemblies which are arranged in particular 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 has at least three and more preferably at least four coupling elements which, in particular with regard to respective contact points, are each paired in the through the coupling receptacles 423 ; 623 ; 823 Fixed relative standard distances are arranged from one another and more preferably as respective counterparts to these coupling receptacles 423 ; 623 ; 823 are trained. The coupling recordings 423 ; 623 ; 823 are for example as bores and / or recesses and / or bolts and / or screws and / or supports and / or Attacks formed. The coupling recordings 423 ; 623 ; 823 are for example arranged in pairs defining relative standard distances by means of respective contact points provided.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one as a print head assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 at least one in the transverse direction A. in particular over an entire working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 extensive array of printheads 416 ; 616 ; 816 having. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one as a print head assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 at least two in the transverse direction A. in particular over an entire working width of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 extending rows of printheads 416 ; 616 ; 816 has and that areas of action of these at least two rows of print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path are arranged one behind the other.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that a total of at least four and more preferably exactly four extend in the transverse direction A. extending rows of printheads 416 ; 616 ; 816 are arranged and that areas of action of these at least four rows of print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path are arranged one behind the other. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally from the fact that a total of at least eight and more preferably exactly eight each other in a transverse direction A. extending rows of printheads 416 ; 616 ; 816 are arranged and that areas of action of these at least eight rows of print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path are arranged one behind the other. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that at least one of the non-impact coating modules 600 as a print module 600 is designed and / or as an inkjet coating module 600 is formed and / or at least one inkjet print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 having.

Under a printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 is preferably at least one assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 to understand the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 and preferably multiple printheads 416 ; 616 ; 816 and which preferably has at least one support body on which the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 is attached directly or indirectly and relative to the at least one printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 is arranged immobile in a normal printing operation. A relative movement takes place, for example, for adjustment purposes and / or for assembly purposes. A printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 is for example but not necessarily as a standard assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 educated. As printhead assemblies 424 ; 624 ; 824 are also assemblies 424 ; 624 ; 824 which are not designed as standard assemblies, but several print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 comprise, which are arranged movably together and / or together a printhead row or a double row of printheads 416 ; 616 ; 816 form. As dryer assemblies 504 are also assemblies 504 that are not designed as standard assemblies, but energy output devices 501 ; 502 ; 503 or comprise further elements which are arranged to be movable together and / or together a drying device 506 form.

At least one print head is preferred 416 ; 616 ; 816 with at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 connected and / or connectable, in particular with at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 for positioning the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 and / or at least one printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 . The at least one print head is further preferred 416 ; 616 ; 816 permanently with the at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 connected and only for assembly purposes and / or disassembly purposes and / or to replace the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 of the at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 separable. This is preferably at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 by means of the at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 relative to a frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 movably arranged, in particular at least with respect to a vertical direction V and / or arranged to be movable by at least 0.5 cm, more preferably at least 2 cm and even more preferably at least 10 cm and even more preferably at least 25 cm.

The processing machine is preferred 01 , especially sheet-fed printing press 01 alternatively or additionally in that at least one print head assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 , so in particular at least one as a print head assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 or one not as a standard assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 , at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 has, by means of which at least all print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 this respective printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 especially together relative to a frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 of the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 are movably arranged, in particular at least with respect to a vertical direction V and / or are arranged movably by at least 0.5 cm, more preferably at least 2 cm and even more preferably at least 10 cm and even more preferably at least 25 cm. All print heads are preferred 416 ; 616 ; 816 a respective printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 by means of the positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 this respective printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 optionally can be arranged at least either in a respective assigned printing position or in at least one respective assigned rest position. It is preferred regardless of the presence of a printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 at least one printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 and more preferably any printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 can be arranged in a respective printing position assigned to it. The at least one respective rest position preferably differs from the respective printing position.

The at least one print head is preferred 416 ; 616 ; 816 in particular by means of the at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 can be arranged in at least one rest position and more preferably in at least two different rest positions. The at least one rest position is designed, for example, as at least one maintenance position and / or as at least one assembly position. A maintenance position is preferably a position in which the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 can be serviced, for example cleaned and / or aligned and / or can be stored in a state that is in particular secured against contamination and / or drying out, in particular without the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 from the sheet-fed press 01 and / or the respective non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 refer to. A mounting position is preferably a position in which the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 from the sheet-fed press 01 and / or the respective non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 removed and / or in the sheet-fed printing machine 01 and / or the respective non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 can be used. In particular, more space is preferably available to an operator in the assembly position to access the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 to arrive, while in the maintenance position there is preferably only sufficient space available for internal, in particular automatically running processes within the sheet-fed printing press 01 to be able to perform, for example cleaning a nozzle surface of at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 .

A distance between a respective print head is preferred 416 ; 616 ; 816 on the one hand and a respective conveyor belt 718 ; 726 on the other hand with the respective printhead arranged in the respective printing position 416 ; 616 ; 816 smaller than when the respective print head is arranged in the respective rest position 416 ; 616 ; 816 and in particular when the respective printhead is arranged in the respective printing position 416 ; 616 ; 816 smaller than with the respective printhead arranged in the respective maintenance position 416 ; 616 ; 816 and / or when the respective print head is arranged in the respective printing position 416 ; 616 ; 816 smaller than when the respective print head is arranged in the respective mounting position 416 ; 616 ; 816 and / or when the respective print head is arranged in the respective maintenance position 416 ; 616 ; 816 smaller than when the respective print head is arranged in the respective mounting position 416 ; 616 ; 816 .

In one embodiment, the at least one positioning device has 426 ; 626 ; 826 at least one positioning guide and more preferably a plurality of positioning guides and even more preferably one positioning guide for each movable print head assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 and / or per movable standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 on. As a dryer assembly 504 trained standard assemblies 504 and / or not as a standard assembly 504 trained dryer assembly 504 also have a positioning device, for example. In a preferred embodiment of the at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 has the at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 at least one linear positioning guide, preferably configured as a rail, and more preferably several, in particular four, positioning guides, preferably configured as rails, and even more preferably at least one positioning guide, preferably configured as a rail, per movable printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 and / or per movable dryer assembly 504 and / or per movable standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 on. Further preferred are each movable printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 and / or per movable dryer assembly 504 and / or per movable standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 two positioning guides designed as a rail are arranged, in particular one rail each in the transverse direction A. related end of the respective printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 and / or dryer assembly 504 and / or standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 . The adjustment path of the respective printhead assembly is preferred, and in particular if the at least one positioning guide is designed as at least one rail 424 ; 624 ; 824 and / or dryer assembly 504 and / or standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 linear.

The respective positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 and / or the respective positioning guide is, for example, in contact with the respective side wall 428 ; 628 ; 828 of the frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 and / or with at least one respective coupling receptacle 423 ; 623 ; 823 . Alternatively, there is at least one further component between each positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 and / or positioning guide on the one hand and each side wall 428 ; 628 ; 828 and / or each coupling receptacle 423 ; 623 ; 823 arranged on the other hand. This respective at least one other component then preferably belongs to the respective printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 and / or dryer assembly 504 and / or standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 . This respective at least one other component is designed, for example, as a frame and with both with respect to the transverse direction A. opposite side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of the frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 in contact. Via this respective at least one other component there is therefore preferably a connection between the two with respect to the transverse direction A. opposite side walls 428 ; 628 ; 828 of the frame 427 ; 627 ; 827 independent of the movable components of the respective printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 and / or dryer assembly 504 and / or standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 .

In particular, regardless of an arrangement of standard assemblies 423 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is preferably at least one cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 for cleaning print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 and / or nozzle surfaces of print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 arranged and / or at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 and / or at least one nozzle surface of the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 ; 412 assignable and / or assigned. The at least one cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 is preferably arranged movably along at least one supply path between at least one parking position and at least one use position, in particular by means of at least one feed device. With multiple cleaning devices 419 ; 619 ; 819 is preferred to any cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 its own delivery route, its own parking position and its own deployment position assigned. The supply path preferably runs essentially or completely orthogonal to the transverse direction A. and more preferably substantially or completely horizontal. A possibly present component of the respective supply path of the at least one cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 in the transverse direction A. is preferably at most 50%, more preferably at most 20%, even more preferably at most 10%, and even more preferably at most 2% of that in the transverse direction A. measured width of the working area of the non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or at most 50%, more preferably at most 20%, even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% one through a maximum with the sheet-fed printing press 01 processable sheet width specified working width of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 .

The at least one positioning device 426 ; 626 ; 826 preferably has at least one positioning drive and more preferably several positioning drives and even more preferably one positioning drive for each movable printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 and / or per movable dryer assembly 504 and / or per movable standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 on. For example, a positioning drive is assigned to each positioning guide. The at least one positioning drive is designed, for example, as at least one electric motor and / or as at least one hydraulic cylinder and / or preferably as at least one pneumatic cylinder. The at least one positioning drive is preferably arranged in such a way that it has the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 can optionally move into its printing position or its rest position, in particular its maintenance position or its assembly position, and more preferably also hold there. The at least one positioning drive is preferably designed as at least one electric motor, for example as at least one stepping motor, and / or connected to at least one threaded spindle. The at least one positioning drive with the machine control of the printing machine is preferred 01 , especially sheet-fed printing press 01 circuitry connected.

At least one cleaning device is preferably in the at least one maintenance position 419 ; 619 ; 819 at least one nozzle of the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 ; 412 assigned and / or assignable and is further preferably the at least one cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 at least one nozzle of the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 ; 412 at least partially arranged and / or can be arranged opposite one another with respect to a respective discharge direction of the at least one nozzle.

A position of these respective at least one nozzle preferably differs when the print head is arranged in the at least one printing position 416 ; 616 ; 816 and a position of this respective at least one nozzle in the at least a maintenance position and / or assembly position arranged print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 on the transverse direction A. based on at most 50%, more preferably at most 20% and even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% of one in the transverse direction A. measured width of a working area of the respective printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 and / or at most 50% and more preferably at most 20% and even more preferably at most 10% and even more preferably at most 2% of the maximum with the sheet-fed printing press 01 and / or the respective non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 processable sheet width specified working width of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 and / or the respective non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 .

It is preferred when the print head is arranged in the at least one maintenance position 416 ; 616 ; 816 at least one maintenance device 419 ; 619 ; 819 and / or cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 between at least one nozzle of the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 ; 412 and one of these at least one nozzle area closest to the sheet 02 provided transport path can be arranged and / or arranged.

As an alternative or in addition, the sheet-fed printing machine is preferably characterized in that the at least one non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one maintenance device 419 ; 619 ; 819 and / or cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 for print heads 416 ; 616 ; 816 which is arranged to be movable along a supply path between a parking position and a deployment position. The maintenance device 419 ; 619 ; 819 is for example as a cover and / or as a cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 educated.

The at least one cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 preferably has an extent in each spatial direction that is greater than 10 cm, more preferably greater than 15 cm. The at least one cleaning device preferably has 419 ; 619 ; 819 in the transverse direction A. an extent which is at least as large as the working area of the respective associated printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 in the transverse direction A. . The at least one cleaning device preferably has 419 ; 619 ; 819 in a transport direction of the sheet 02 an extent which is at least as large as the working area of the respective associated printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 in the transport direction of the sheet 02 . As a result, preferably all nozzles of all print heads can 416 ; 616 ; 816 of the respective printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 can be cleaned in one operation.

Each maintenance position is preferably at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 a clear use position of at least one cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 assigned. The at least one cleaning device is preferred 419 ; 619 ; 819 as at least a protective cover 419 ; 619 ; 819 formed, more preferably by means of together with the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 ; 412 a closed volume can be limited. Are preferred for a total of four print head assemblies 424 ; 624 ; 824 of a non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 a total of four cleaning devices 419 ; 619 ; 819 arranged, each of which has at least one area which is used as a protective cover and / or can be used and which also serves as a cleaning area.

It is preferred if at least one print head is arranged in the printing position 416 ; 616 ; 816 at least one nozzle of this at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 is arranged below the supply path along which the at least one cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 is preferably arranged movably between the at least one parking position and the at least one use position by means of the at least one feed device. It is preferred when at least one print head is arranged in the rest position 416 ; 616 ; 816 this at least one nozzle is arranged above this supply path.

For cleaning the at least one nozzle surface of the at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 is the at least one cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 intended. The at least one cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 preferably has at least one cleaning element or cleaning module and preferably at least one collecting device, in particular collecting trough. The at least one cleaning element or cleaning module is preferably arranged so as to be movable relative to the at least one collecting device. The at least one cleaning device is preferred 419 ; 619 ; 819 as a whole relative to the at least one printhead 416 ; 616 ; 816 movably arranged, in particular while the cleaning device 419 ; 619 ; 819 is arranged in the maintenance position and remains.

The one through the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontal educated. This preferably applies to every embodiment of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially if it is used as a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or as a non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is trained.

Preferably, the is preferably characterized as an aggregate 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or module 400 ; 600 ; 800 trained coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 alternatively or additionally in that the by the coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path at an entrance level of the coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 begins and / or at an initial level of the coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 ends. The coating device is preferably distinguished 400 ; 600 ; 800 characterized in that this entrance height of the coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the initial height of the coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm, and / or that the entrance height of the coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 from the initial height of the coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

Regardless of the design of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 as a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 shows the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably at least its own drive M400 ; M401 ; M600 ; M601 ; M800 ; M801 or engine M400 ; M401 ; M600 ; M601 ; M800 ; M801 on, which is preferably designed as a particular position-regulated electric motor. In the case of training as a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 shows the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably at least one further drive M401 ; M601 ; M801 or power take-off M401 ; M601 ; M801 on, at least the application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 or forme cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 assigned. The at least one power take-off M401 ; M610 ; M801 preferably drives at least this application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 or forme cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 independent of a main drive M400 ; M600 ; M800 of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 on and / or is preferably capable of such independent propulsion. This is the main drive M400 ; M600 ; M800 preferably at least the counter pressure medium 408 ; 608 ; 808 assigned, further preferably also any incoming and / or outgoing means of transport that may be present 411 ; 611 ; 811 ; 417 ; 617 ; 817 , in particular regardless of the design of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 as a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or as a non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 .

Regardless of the design of the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 as a flexo coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or jet coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 shows the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 preferably at least one transfer means 03 on, which is preferably used to transport the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 between the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , especially coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 on the one hand and at least one other unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 500 ; 550 ; 700 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or at least one other module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 500 ; 550 ; 700 ; 900 ; 1000 on the other hand to support and / or carry out. For example, this is at least one transfer means 03 as a front transfer device 03 formed and / or the coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 and / or the at least one incoming transport means 411 ; 611 ; 811 regarding the transport direction T and / or related to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route upstream. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one transfer means is designed as a rear transfer means and / or the coating point 409 ; 609 ; 809 and / or the at least one outgoing transport means 417 ; 617 ; 817 regarding the transport direction T and / or related to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 the intended transport route.

For example, the coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one pressure roller or pressure roller on, by means of the sheet 02 against the at least one means of transport 411 ; 611 ; 811 ; 417 ; 617 ; 817 can be acted upon with a force. This allows a location of the bow 02 be held precisely, especially during a transfer between units 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 .

At least one coating device is preferred 400 ; 600 ; 800 and more preferably in direct connection to at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 arranged. The at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 preferably serves to apply coating agents to the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the bow 02 to fix. Depending on the coating agent, different drying methods are to be preferred. The drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 preferably has at least one energy output device 501 ; 502 ; 503 on. For example, at least one is used as an infrared radiation source 501 trained energy delivery device 501 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one is used as a hot air source 502 trained energy delivery device 502 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one is used as a UV radiation source 503 trained energy delivery device 503 arranged. Alternatively or additionally, at least one energy output device designed as an electron beam source is arranged. For example, at least one area is also provided in which areas of action of different energy output devices are located 501 ; 502 ; 503 overlap. As an alternative or in addition, at least one area is provided that is only in the area of action of one type of energy output device 501 ; 502 ; 503 lies. At least one air supply line and / or at least one air discharge line is preferably arranged, in particular with the at least one energy output device 501 ; 502 ; 503 connected and / or as part of the at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 . This allows water vapor and / or solvents and / or saturated air to be removed and / or optionally processed.

The at least one drying device 500 has, for example, at least one frame 508 on. The at least one drying device 500 has for example at least one means of transport 511 on, which is more preferred as a suction transport means 511 is trained. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The drying device 500 preferably has at least its own drive M500 or engine M500 , especially electric motor M500 or position-controlled electric motor M500 who further prefers the at least one means of transport 511 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. The drying device 500 preferably has at least one transfer device 03 for bow 02 on. The one through the drying facility 500 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally. Alternatively or in addition to at least one separate drying device 500 has, for example, at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or a plurality of coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 or any coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 in each case at least one dedicated, in particular integrated drying device assigned to it 500 or drying device 506 on. Such an assignment is to be understood in particular that the drying device 500 or drying device 506 of the respective coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 in front of any job site 418 ; 618 ; 818 each of this respective coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route of the downstream coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 is arranged.

For example, the sheet-fed printing press stands out 01 characterized in that at least one post-drying device 507 is arranged, the at least one at least partially on the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path has aligned arranged air outlet opening. The at least one post-drying device 507 is preferably used to reuse heat that is contained in the air previously used for drying sheets. This is done, for example, by using arches 02 discharged air again on sheet 02 is conducted and / or gives off its heat by means of a heat exchanger to air, which in turn on sheets 02 is directed. The at least one post-drying device is preferably distinguished 507 characterized in that at least one air supply line of this at least one post-drying device 507 for energy transfer and / or for gas transfer by means of at least one gas line and / or at least one heat exchanger with at least one air discharge line at least one with respect to the transport direction T upstream drying device 500 or drying device 506 connected is.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path in front of the at least one, preferably as a printing module 600 trained non-impact coating module 600 ; 800 at least one primer module 400 the sheet-fed press 01 is arranged. The at least one primer module 400 is for example as a flexo coating module 400 or preferably as a non-impact coating module 400 educated.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route, in particular to an order point 418 of the at least one primer module 400 and / or after the at least one primer module 400 and / or in front of at least one application point 618 of at least one non Impact coating module 600 and / or in front of the at least one non-impact coating module 600 and / or in front of each as a print module 600 trained non-impact coating module 600 at least one drying device 506 is arranged, in particular on the one for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is arranged aligned. This at least one drying device 506 is for example either part of one of the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 and the primer module 400 different and preferably independent drying module 500 . Alternatively, this is at least one drying device 506 for example in the at least one primer module 400 arranged integrated.

For example, in a preferred embodiment of the sheet-fed printing press 01 at least one drying device 506 in the at least one primer module 400 integrated and is at least one with respect to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route after the primer module 400 arranged drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 and / or energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route only after at least one application point 618 of the at least one, preferably as a non-impact printing module 600 trained non-impact printing unit 600 arranged aligned to the intended transport route. For example, it has at least one as a non-impact printing module 600 trained non-impact printing unit 600 at least one drying device 506 and / or at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 on that regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route to at least one application point 618 this at least one, preferably as a non-impact printing module 600 trained non-impact printing unit 600 and in front of at least one other job site 618 this at least one, preferably as a non-impact printing module 600 trained non-impact printing unit 600 is arranged aligned to the intended transport route. Intermediate drying of one or more inks of one or more colors before application of at least one further ink, in particular of another color, is possible.

For example, it has at least one printing module 600 then preferably at least one means of transport 611 on, which is more preferred as a suction transport means 611 and / or suction belt 611 and / or suction box belt 611 and / or roller suction system 611 is trained. This at least one means of transport 611 then preferably extends along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route under the at least one first application point 618 of the print module 600 through and under at least one of these at least one application site 618 downstream drying device 506 of the print module 600 through and more preferably under each further, in particular downstream application point 618 of the print module 600 through and more preferably under each further, in particular downstream drying device 506 and / or energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 of the print module 600 through regardless of whether this drying device 506 and / or energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 of the print module 600 between job sites 618 of the print module 600 is arranged or after a last order point 618 of the print module 600 . Precisely one such described means of transport is preferred along the transport path 611 arranged and are with respect to the transverse direction A. several such means of transport 611 next to one another or more preferably also exactly one such means of transport 611 arranged. This particular means of transport 611 therefore preferably extends under all application sites 618 of the print module 600 and among all between subcontractors 618 of the print module 600 arranged drying device 506 of the print module 600 and more preferably among all after all order sites 618 of the print module 600 arranged drying device 506 of the print module 600 . (An example of such a print module is in 18d The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that a printing module 600 is arranged and this printing module 600 along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route a continuous means of transport 611 , in particular suction means of transport 611 and / or suction belt 611 and / or suction box belt 611 and / or roller suction system 611 having on which along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path at least four in the transverse direction A. extending rows of printheads 616 are arranged aligned one behind the other and on which along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path thereafter at least one drying device 506 and / or at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 is arranged aligned. In addition, it is preferred between the at least four in the transverse direction A. extending rows of printheads 616 at least one further drying device 506 and / or at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 on this continuous means of transport 611 aligned.

As an alternative or in addition, the at least one non-impact coating unit is distinguished 600 and / or non-impact printing unit 600 and / or the sheet-fed printing press 01 preferably in that the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 of the at least one suction belt 611 the non-impact coating device 600 one in the transverse direction A. measured width of at least 30 cm, preferably at least 50 cm, more preferably at least 100 cm and even more preferably at least 150 cm. This allows correspondingly wide bows 02 precisely transported and a large working width of the sheet-fed printing machine 01 can be achieved.

As an alternative or in addition, the at least one non-impact coating unit is distinguished 600 and / or non-impact printing unit 600 and / or the sheet-fed printing press 01 preferably in that the non-impact coating module 600 at least one and preferably exactly one as a suction belt 611 trained means of transport 611 and that the at least one non-impact coating module 600 at least one stand 629 for at least one operator who is at least temporarily vertically above the suction belt 611 and especially above the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 of the suction belt 611 is arranged and / or can be arranged. This at least one stand area 629 is for example arranged rigidly or pivotably. By means of this at least one stand area 629 is also available for large working widths and / or large dimensions of the non-impact coating unit 600 convenient access to the print heads, for example 416 ; 616 ; 816 reachable.

As an alternative or in addition, the at least one non-impact coating unit is distinguished 600 and / or non-impact printing unit 600 and / or the sheet-fed printing press 01 preferably in that the non-impact coating module 600 at least one and preferably exactly one as a suction belt 611 trained means of transport 611 and / or that at least one clamping means 736 for setting and / or maintaining a particularly mechanical tension of the conveyor belt 718 ; 726 especially the suction belt 611 is arranged and in particular with this conveyor belt 718 ; 726 is arranged in contact. As such a clamping device 736 is for example at least one deflection roller 736 arranged, the axis of rotation is arranged displaceably. This allows during operation and / or when the conveyor belt is replaced 718 ; 726 precisely set the appropriate operating conditions.

As an alternative or in addition, the at least one non-impact coating unit is distinguished 600 and / or non-impact printing unit 600 and / or the sheet-fed printing press 01 preferably in that at least one post-drying device 507 is arranged, the at least one at least partially on the at least one and preferably exactly one as a suction belt 611 trained means of transport 611 of the non-impact print module 600 having aligned arranged air outlet opening. At least one air supply line of this at least one post-drying device is further preferred 507 for energy transfer and / or for gas transfer by means of at least one gas line and / or at least one heat exchanger connected to at least one air discharge line, this air discharge line preferably being an air discharge line at least one with respect to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route and / or the transport direction T of the suction belt 611 upstream drying device 500 or drying device 506 is. The at least one at least partially on the at least one and preferably exactly one as a suction belt 611 trained means of transport 611 of the non-impact print module 600 aligned air outlet opening is preferably on an area of the suction belt 611 trained means of transport 611 of the non-impact print module 600 Aligned arranged after an area of action at least one other dryer device 506 this non-impact print module 600 is arranged and / or after at least one and more preferably each application point 618 of the non-impact print module 600 is arranged.

Alternatively or additionally, the at least one preferably has a non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact print module 600 trained non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact printing unit 600 in a further possible embodiment, at least one drying device 506 and / or at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 on that regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route in front of each application site 418 ; 618 ; 818 at least one of these, preferably as a non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact print module 600 trained non-impact coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 or non-impact printing unit 600 is arranged aligned to the intended transport route. For example, it has at least one as a non-impact printing module 600 trained non-impact printing unit 600 at least one drying device 506 and / or at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 on that regarding the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route in front of each application site 618 this at least one, preferably as a non-impact printing module 600 trained non-impact printing unit 600 is arranged aligned to the intended transport route. By means of this drying device 506 and / or at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 can then be of the preferably arranged primer module 400 applied coating agent dry, in particular before ink by means of the printing module 600 is applied. For example, it has at least one printing module 600 then preferably at least one means of transport 611 on, which is more preferred as a suction transport means 611 and / or suction belt 611 and / or suction box belt 611 and / or roller suction system 611 is trained. This at least one means of transport 611 then preferably extends along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route under the at least one in front of each application point 618 of the print module 600 arranged drying device 506 and / or energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 through and under at least one and preferably each application site 618 of the print module 600 through and more preferably under each further drying device 506 and / or energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 of the print module 600 through regardless of whether this drying device 506 and / or energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 of the print module 600 between job sites 618 of the print module 600 is arranged or after a last order point 618 of the print module 600 . Precisely one such described means of transport is preferred along the transport path 611 arranged and are with respect to the transverse direction A. several such means of transport 611 next to each other or exactly one such means of transport 611 arranged. This particular means of transport 611 thus preferably extends under a drying device 506 that the primer unit 400 follows and under all order points 618 of the print module 600 and among all between subcontractors 618 of the print module 600 arranged drying device 506 of the print module 600 and more preferably among all after all order sites 618 of the print module 600 arranged drying device 506 of the print module 600 . (An example of such a print module is in 18c The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that a printing module 600 is arranged and this printing module 600 along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route a continuous means of transport 611 , in particular suction means of transport 611 and / or suction belt 611 and / or suction box belt 611 and / or roller suction system 611 having on which along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route in front of each application site 618 of the print module 600 at least one drying device 506 and / or at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 is arranged aligned and on which along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path thereafter at least four in the transverse direction A. extending rows of printheads 616 are arranged aligned one behind the other and on which along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path thereafter at least one further drying device 506 and / or at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 is arranged aligned. In addition, it is preferred between the at least four in the transverse direction A. extending rows of printheads 616 at least one further drying device 506 and / or at least one energy delivery device 501 ; 502 ; 504 arranged aligned on this continuous means of transport.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 at least one painting module 800 the sheet-fed press 01 is arranged. The at least one painting module 800 is for example as a flexo coating module 800 or preferably as a non-impact coating module 800 educated. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route to an order point 618 of at least one as a non-impact printing module 600 trained non-impact coating module 600 and in front of the at least one painting module 800 at least one drying device 506 especially for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is arranged aligned. This at least one drying device 506 is for example either part of one of the at least one non-impact printing module 600 and the at least one painting module 800 different, especially independent drying module 500 is. Alternatively, this is at least one drying device 506 for example in the at least one non-impact printing module 600 arranged integrated.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route to an order point 818 of the at least one painting module 800 at least one drying device 506 especially for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is arranged aligned. This at least one drying device 506 is for example part of one of the at least one painting module 800 different and in particular independent drying module 500 . Alternatively, this is at least one drying device 506 for example in the at least one painting module 800 arranged integrated.

At least one device for intermediate drying is preferably arranged for multicolored printing. In an alternative or additional development, the is preferably characterized as a sheet-fed printing machine 01 trained processing machine 01 preferably in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path at least one first application point provided for colored coating agents 618 at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 and then an area of action of at least one of the first application points 618 associated drying device 506 and then at least one further application point intended for colored coating agents 618 at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 and then an area of action at least one further, the further application point 618 associated drying device 506 is arranged. The preferred is preferably a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 characterized in that the at least one first application point provided for colored coating agent 618 on a first side of the for substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is arranged aligned and that the at least one further application point provided for colored coating agent 618 also on the first side of the for substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is arranged aligned. The preferred is preferably a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 characterized in that the at least one first application point provided for colored coating agent 618 and the at least one further application point provided for colored coating agent 618 for applying coating agent to the same side of the substrate 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or at least one respective sheet 02 are provided. The preferred is preferably a sheet-fed printing press 01 trained processing machine 01 characterized in that the area of action of the at least one of the first application points 618 associated drying device 506 also on the first side of the for substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is arranged aligned and that the area of action of the at least one further, the further application point 618 associated drying device 506 also on the first side of the for substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is arranged aligned. The colored coating agent used for the first application site 618 is assigned, preferably has a different color than the colored coating agent that the further application site 618 assigned.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that this first application point 618 one as the first print module 600 trained first non-impact coating module 600 is assigned and that this further order point 618 same as the first printing module 600 trained first non-impact coating module 600 assigned. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the first order point 618 associated drying device 506 a receiving facility 421 ; 621 ; 821 of the first print module 600 occupied. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally from the fact that the other order point 618 associated drying device 506 a receiving facility 421 ; 621 ; 821 of the first print module 600 occupied. The sheet-fed printing press stands out in another version 01 alternatively or additionally in that the first order point 618 associated drying device 506 Part of one of the first printing module 600 different drying module 500 is.

For example, the sheet-fed printing press stands out 01 alternatively or additionally in that the first order point 618 one as the first print module 600 trained first non-impact coating module 600 is assigned and that the further order point 618 one designed as a further printing module and from the first printing module 600 various other non-impact coating modules 600 assigned.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally from the fact that the other order point 618 associated drying device 506 a receiving facility 421 ; 621 ; 821 one of the first printing module 600 various other printing modules 600 occupied. Alternatively, the sheet-fed printing press stands out 01 from the fact that the other order point 618 associated drying device 506 Part of one of the other printing modules 600 different drying module 500 is.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route initially an order point 618 for coating agents of the color cyan and then an application area 618 for coating agents of the color magenta and then an application point 618 for coating agents of the color black and then an application area 618 is intended for coating agents of the color yellow.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route to an order point 618 of the at least one print module 600 and / or in front of a job site 818 of the at least one painting module 800 at least one inspection facility 551 is arranged.

The at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 is for example as a drying device acting and / or capable of acting from above 500 and / or drying device 506 educated. The at least one drying device 500 and / or drying device 506 is for example additionally or alternatively as a drying device acting and / or capable of acting from below 500 and / or drying device 506 educated. The selection is preferably made depending on how other units are used 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 the processing machine 01 built up and / or arranged and / or which side of the sheet 02 should be edited. For example, this is then at least one means of transport 511 correspondingly as an upper suction transport means 511 or as a lower suction transport means 511 educated.

Preferably, the is preferably characterized as an aggregate 500 and / or module 500 trained drying device 500 alternatively or additionally in that the through the drying device 500 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route at an entrance level of the drying device 500 begins and / or at an initial level of the drying device 500 ends. The drying device is preferably distinguished 500 characterized in that this entrance height of the drying device 500 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm, and / or that the initial height of the drying device 500 deviates from the first standard height by a maximum of 5 cm, more preferably a maximum of 1 cm and even more preferably a maximum of 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the drying device 500 from the initial height of the preparation facility 200 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

The at least one drying device 500 or drying device 506 has for example at least one cooling device 551 and / or at least one inspection device 551 and / or at least one rewetting device 551 on. Alternatively, there is a separate post-treatment unit 550 arranged.

For example, there is at least one aftertreatment device 550 arranged, in particular with respect to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path preferably after at least one coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or after at least one drying device 500 and / or after at least one drying device 506 . The preferably arranged at least one aftertreatment device 550 preferably has at least one action device 551 on. This at least one action device 551 is for example as a humidifier 551 , in particular rewetting device 551 and / or as a cooling device 551 and / or as a discharge device 551 and / or as an inerting device 551 and / or as a cleaning device 551 and / or as a deburring device 551 and / or as an inspection device 551 educated. A cleaning facility 551 is for example as a suction device 551 and / or blowing device 551 and / or as a stripping device 551 educated.

An inspection facility 551 has for example at least one and preferably several, in particular at least two, in particular optical sensors, which is or are designed, for example, as a camera and / or in particular in the transverse direction A. is preferably arranged to be mechanically movable. A printed area of a respective sheet is, for example, provided by means of at least one such sensor 02 detectable, for example an entire printed area of the respective sheet 02 , especially for checking a print quality. Register marks, for example, can be detected by means of at least one such sensor or such sensors. Preference is given to using these sensors on the sheet 02 arranged register marks detected, which more preferably beforehand by means of at least one and in particular several of the coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 on the arch 02 were applied. The register marks can also be partially or completely outside the processing machine 01 or coating machine 01 on the arch 02 be applied. Especially for assessing the function of the processing machine 01 However, the register marks are at least partially and more preferably completely within the processing machine 01 generated. The sensors are preferably based on the dimensions of the sheet 02 and / or set to a position dependent on the processing, in particular the print image, in particular with respect to the transverse direction A. . This means that the register mark does not have to be in the same place on the sheet for every print job 02 to be printed. After the register marks have been recorded, any positional information that arises is preferably evaluated. More preferably, information is derived from this evaluation, such as at least one setting variable of the processing machine 01 is to be changed. This at least one setting variable is, for example, a position of at least one application cylinder in relation to a circumferential direction 402 ; 602 ; 802 , especially relative to other applicator cylinders 402 ; 602 ; 802 , and / or one on the transverse direction A. related position of at least one application cylinder 402 ; 602 ; 802 , especially relative to other applicator cylinders 402 ; 602 ; 802 and / or an inclined position of a coating form, in particular relative to the transverse direction A. and / or a control and / or position of at least one print head 416 ; 616 ; 816 . A circumferential register and / or a side register and / or a diagonal register can thus be recorded and / or set.

The action device 551 is, for example, within another unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 arranged, in particular aligned with the intended transport route and / or acting and / or capable of acting. For example, this is another unit 600 or module 600 the printing unit 600 or print module 600 or coating unit 600 or coating module 600 or non-impact coating unit 600 or non-impact coating module 600 . The inspection device preferably has 551 at least one CCD sensor 553 and / or at least one CMOS sensor 553 on. The inspection device is preferred 551 and in particular the at least one sensor 553 the inspection facility 551 on the means of transport 611 , especially the suction belt 611 of the coating module 600 , especially non-impact coating module 600 and / or the conveyor belt 718 ; 724 of the suction belt 611 of the coating module 600 , especially non-impact coating module 600 aligned. The inspection device is preferred 551 on part of the means of transport 611 , especially suction tape 611 , especially the conveyor belt 718 ; 724 of the suction belt 611 of the non-impact coating module 600 aligned with respect to the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route after the at least one post-drying device 507 and / or their on the at least one and preferably exactly one, in particular as a suction belt 611 trained means of transport 611 of the non-impact print module 600 aligned arranged air outlet opening is arranged. Alternatively or additionally, there is at least one aftertreatment device 550 however, for example, as a stand-alone unit 550 and more preferably module 550 educated.

The aftertreatment facility 550 preferably has at least one means of transport 561 on, which is more preferred as a suction transport means 561 is trained. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The aftertreatment facility 550 preferably has at least its own drive M550 or engine 550 , especially electric motor M550 or position-controlled electric motor M550 who further prefers the at least one means of transport 561 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. For example, the aftertreatment device 550 at least one pressure roller 552 or pressure roller 552 on, by means of the arch 02 against the at least one means of transport 561 can be acted upon with a force. The aftertreatment facility 550 preferably has at least one transfer device 03 for bow 02 on. The one by the aftertreatment facility 550 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Preferably, the is preferably characterized as an aggregate 550 and / or module 550 trained aftertreatment facility 550 alternatively or additionally in that the by the aftertreatment device 550 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route at an entrance level of the post-treatment device 550 begins and / or at an initial level of the aftertreatment device 550 ends. The aftertreatment device is preferably distinguished 550 characterized in that this input height of the aftertreatment device 550 from the first standard height at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the initial height of the post-treatment device 550 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the aftertreatment device 550 from the initial height of the aftertreatment device 550 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

As described, at least one printing device is preferred 600 , in particular at least one printing unit 600 arranged, for example in addition to at least one primer unit 400 and / or to at least one painting unit 800 . The preferably arranged at least one printing device 600 is a coating device 600 . That about coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 What is described above and below applies to the at least one printing device 600 corresponding. The one as a printing facility 600 trained coating device 600 is preferably a drying device 500 downstream, which is further preferably designed as described above.

For example, if the at least one coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or another unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 500 ; 550 ; 900 ; 1000 does not itself have sufficient transport options and / or at least one independent transport device is preferred for bridging distances 700 arranged, for example, as a transport unit 700 or as a transport module 700 is trained. The preferably arranged at least one transport device 700 serves, for example, the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or arch 02 to be transported, especially between other units 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 and / or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 . The at least one transport device 700 has, for example, at least one frame 744 on. The at least one transport device 700 preferably has at least one means of transport 711 on, which is more preferred as a suction transport means 711 is trained. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The transport device 700 preferably has at least its own drive M700 or engine M700 , especially electric motor M700 or position-controlled electric motor M700 who further prefers the at least one means of transport 711 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. For example, the transport device 700 at least one pressure roller or pressure roller on, by means of the sheet 02 against the at least one means of transport 711 can be acted upon with a force.

The at least one transport device 700 is, for example, within another unit 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or module 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 arranged, especially around arches 02 to and / or away from their specific facilities. For example, with other units 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 or modules 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 800 ; 900 ; 1000 means of transport can be partially or completely dispensed with if transport devices are arranged in between 700 the transport of the bow 02 guarantee. In one example there are multiple flexo coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 arranged, which do not have their own means of transport, but between which each have an independent transport device 700 is arranged. The transport device 700 preferably has at least one transfer device 03 for bow 02 on. The one through the transport facility 700 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Preferably, the is preferably characterized as an aggregate 700 and / or module 700 trained transport facility 700 alternatively or additionally in that the through the transport device 700 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 intended transport route at an entrance level of the transport device 700 begins and / or at an initial height of the transport device 700 ends. The transport device is preferably distinguished 700 characterized in that this entrance height of the transport device 700 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm, and / or that the initial height of the transport device 700 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the transport device 700 from the starting height of the transport device 700 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

As described, at least one painting device is preferred 800 , in particular at least one painting unit 800 arranged, for example in addition to at least one primer unit 400 and / or to at least one printing unit 600 . The preferably arranged at least one painting device 800 is a coating device 800 . That about coating units 400 ; 600 ; 800 in the foregoing and What is described below applies to the at least one painting device 800 corresponding. The one as a painting facility 800 trained coating device 800 is preferably a drying device 500 downstream, which is further preferably designed as described above.

At least one shaping device is preferred 900 arranged, in particular after at least one coating device 400 ; 600 ; 800 and / or at least one drying device 500 . The preferably arranged at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one shaping means 901 , in particular at least one shaping cylinder 901 on. The at least one shaping means 901 is for example as a punching means 901 , especially punching cylinders 901 educated. By punching parts of the sheet 02 , for example, use, at least partially, of other parts of the arch 02 , for example connecting surfaces, are separated, for example cut out and / or cut off. Alternatively or additionally, this is at least one shaping means 901 for example as creasing means 901 , especially creasing cylinders 901 educated. By creasing predetermined kinks can be created, for example to produce folding boxes. Alternatively or additionally, this is at least one shaping means 901 for example as a perforating agent 901 , especially perforating cylinders 901 educated. Perforating allows areas of the arches intended for later severing 02 be generated. Alternatively or additionally, this is at least one shaping means 901 for example as a break-out agent 901 , in particular stripping cylinders 901 educated. Breaking out can result in a separation of areas of the sheets that are preferably already partially separated from one another 02 be supported, for example to empty punched holes and / or to use the sheet 02 break out, in particular from their respective composite in the preferably printed sheet. At least one disposal facility is preferred 903 arranged for the removal of waste material resulting from punching and / or breaking. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping device has 900 preferably at least one as a lamination device 901 formed shaping means 901 on. Alternatively or additionally, the at least one shaping device has 900 preferably at least one as a flat bed punching device 901 formed shaping means 901 on.

The at least one shaping device preferably has 900 at least one counter pressure medium 902 , in particular at least one impression cylinder 902 on. This serves as an abutment for the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 , while the at least one shaping means 901 on the substrate to be processed 02 , especially the substrate 02 and / or the arch 02 acts. These are preferably at least one shaping means 901 and that at least one counter pressure means 902 at least partially arranged one above the other. In a first embodiment of the at least one shaping device 900 is at least one shaping means 901 at least partially above the especially for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path and / or via the at least one counter pressure means 902 arranged. The shaping agent 901 is then used as a shaping agent acting from above 901 educated. Processing the arch 02 by means of this at least one shaping means 901 then preferably takes place from above. At least one counter-pressure medium 902 is then preferably below the in particular for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path arranged. In a second embodiment of the at least one shaping device 900 is at least one shaping means 901 at least partially under the particular for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path and / or under the at least one counter pressure means 902 arranged. The shaping agent 901 is then used as a shaping agent acting from below 901 educated. Processing the arch 02 by means of this at least one shaping means 901 then preferably from below. At least one counter-pressure medium 902 is then preferably above the in particular for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path arranged. Whether the first or the second embodiment of the shaping device 900 is used, is dependent, for example, on further processing taking place before and / or afterwards and / or on the use of the products. The at least one shaping means preferably acts 901 from another side on the arch 02 one than the at least one coating unit 400 ; 600 ; 800 , for example around the main surface of the sheet carrying the print image during a punching process 02 to deform as little as possible unintentionally.

For example, this is at least one shaping means 901 at least partially designed to be interchangeable, in particular to enable different shapes of the products from order to order. An example of this are replaceable knives on a punching cylinder 901 . This is, for example, in particular as a shaping cylinder 901 trained shaping means 901 of which preferably as an impression cylinder 902 trained counter pressure medium 902 can be parked and / or equipped with interchangeable elevators, in particular partial shells. Alternatively or additionally this is Counter pressure medium 902 of the shaping agent 901 can be turned off to make it easier to change the elevators. For example, there is at least one format-variable shaping device 900 arranged, which enables a particularly effective processing of different sheet formats. This is especially relative to other aggregates 100 ; 200 ; 300 ; 400 ; 500 ; 550 ; 600 ; 700 ; 800 ; 1000 accelerable shaping agents 901 and / or means of transport 911 and / or non-contact shaping means 901 applicable.

For example, the counter pressure medium 902 , especially the impression cylinder 902 provided with a surface, in particular a jacket surface, made of rubber and / or in the transverse direction A. movably arranged. Through this movement, wear can be made more even and thus the service life can be increased. At least one maintenance device is preferably arranged, which in particular is designed as a grinding device and can be adjusted at least temporarily against the surface, in particular the outer surface.

The at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one means of transport 911 on, which is more preferred as a suction transport means 911 is trained. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least its own drive M900 or engine M900 , especially electric motor M900 or position-controlled electric motor M900 who further prefers the at least one means of transport 911 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. For example, the at least one shaping device 900 at least one pressure roller or pressure roller on, by means of the sheet 02 against the at least one means of transport 911 can be acted upon with a force. The at least one shaping device 900 preferably has at least one transfer device 03 for bow 02 on. The by the at least one shaping device 900 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path is preferably essentially flat and more preferably completely flat and is preferably designed to run essentially and more preferably exclusively horizontally.

Preferably, the is preferably characterized as an aggregate 900 and / or module 900 trained shaping device 900 alternatively or additionally in that the by the shaping device 900 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path at an entrance level of the forming device 900 begins and / or at an initial level of the shaping device 900 ends. The shaping device is preferably distinguished 900 characterized in that this input height of the shaping device 900 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm, and / or that the starting height of the shaping device 900 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entry height of the shaping device 900 from the initial height of the forming device 900 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm. For example, the at least one shaping device is 900 as at least one punching module 900 educated.

At least one substrate dispensing device is preferred 1000 arranged, in particular as the last unit along the intended transport route 1000 or module 1000 . The substrate dispenser 1000 preferably has at least one stacking device 1001 on, which is used in particular to process sheets 02 and / or from the arch 02 punched out and / or broken out benefits in a delivery pile 1002 feed. The stacking device 1001 has, for example, at least one means of transport 1011 on, for example as a suction transport 1011 or as a simple conveyor belt 1011 is trained. What has been described above and below about suction transport means preferably applies accordingly. The substrate dispenser 1000 preferably has at least its own drive M1000 or engine M1000 , especially electric motor M1000 or position-controlled electric motor M1000 who further prefers the at least one means of transport 1011 is arranged driving and / or capable of driving. For example, the substrate delivery device 1000 at least one pressure roller 1001 ; 1003 or pressure roller 1001 ; 1003 on, by means of the arch 02 against the at least one means of transport 1011 can be acted upon with a force. The at least one pressure roller 1001 ; 1003 or pressure roller 1001 ; 1003 is preferably part of the stacking device 1001 and serves a safe transport of the sheets 02 to the delivery pile 1002 . At least one positioning means is preferred 1001 ; 1004 arranged, which serves in particular to the arch 02 or use in an orderly manner on the display pile 1002 to discard. The at least one positioning means 1001 ; 1004 is for example as a display stop that can be moved in a particularly controlled and / or regulated manner 1001 ; 1004 formed and / or part of the stacking device 1001 .

At least one discharge device is preferably arranged, for example around Waste sheets before reaching the delivery stack 1002 eject.

The display pile 1002 is preferably on a carrier unit designed as a pallet 1006, for example 1006 formed and / or is preferably automatically transported away, for example by means of one or more carrier units 1006 transporting transport system 1007 , for example at least one conveyor belt 1008 and / or transport rollers 1008 having. At least one lifting device is preferred 1009 arranged, by means of which the delivery pile 1002 and / or a lower end of the delivery stack 1002 and / or at least one transport unit 1006 can be arranged at different heights. In this way, for example, a display height at which an upper end of the display stack is kept essentially constant 1002 is arranged while this is being formed. For example, the display height is also an initial height of the substrate delivery device 1000 . Alternatively or additionally, at least one is in the delivery stack 1002 upstream means of transport 1011 the substrate dispenser 1000 movably arranged, for example pivotable, so that sheets laid out one after the other 02 can be delivered specifically at increasing display heights.

Preferably, the is preferably characterized as an aggregate 1000 and / or module 1000 trained substrate dispenser 1000 alternatively or additionally in that the through the substrate dispensing device 1000 designated section of the substrate for transportation 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path at an entrance level of the substrate delivery device 1000 begins and / or at a respective starting level of the substrate delivery device 1000 ends. The initial height of the substrate dispenser 1000 is, for example, the height at which a contact of the respective arc 02 with the delivery pile 1002 is provided. When the delivery pile is lowered during the stacking process 1002 is the starting height of the substrate dispenser 1000 for example constant. The substrate delivery device is preferably distinguished 1000 characterized in that the respective entrance height of the substrate delivery device 1000 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm, and / or that the initial height of the substrate dispensing device 1000 deviates from the first standard height by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm and / or that the entrance height of the substrate dispensing device 1000 from the initial height of the substrate dispenser 1000 by at most 5 cm, more preferably at most 1 cm and even more preferably by at most 2 mm.

A first example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100 , a system module 300 , several each as a print module 600 trained coating modules 600 with transport modules arranged in between 700 , preferably at least one drying module 500 , preferably at least one aftertreatment module 550 , at least one shaping module 900 and a display module 1000 on. Such a first example of the processing machine 01 is schematically and by way of example in 2a , 2 B and 2c shown.

A second example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100 , a preparation module 200 , a system module 300 , one as a print module 600 trained coating module 600 , a drying module 500 and a display module 1000 on. Such a second example of the processing machine 01 is schematically and by way of example in 12a shown.

A third example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100 , a preparation module 200 , one as a primer module 400 trained coating module 400 , a first drying module 500 , a system module 300 , one as a print module 600 trained coating module 600 , a second drying module 500 , one as a painting module 800 trained coating module 800 , a third drying module 500 and a display module 1000 on. Such a third example of the processing machine 01 is schematically and by way of example in 12b shown.

A fourth example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100 , a preparation module 200 , a first system module 300 , one as a primer module 400 trained coating module 400 , a first drying module 500 , optionally a second system module 300 , a first print module 600 trained coating module 600 , a second drying module 500 , a third system module 300 , a second printing module 600 trained coating module 600 , a third drying module 500 , optionally an inspection module or an inspection device, as a painting module 800 trained coating module 800 , a fourth drying module 500 and a display module 1000 on. Such a fourth example of the processing machine 01 is schematically and by way of example in 12c shown.

A fifth example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100 , optionally a preparation module 200 , one as a primer module 400 trained coating module 400 , a first drying module 500 , one Plant module 300 , one as a print module 600 trained coating module 600 , a second drying module 500 , one as a painting module 800 trained coating module 800 , a third drying module 500 and a display module 1000 on. The sheet feeder module 100 is preferably designed as described in such a way that its separating device 109 the arch 02 in at least one embodiment isolated from below (as for example in 2a and 18a shown) or in at least one other embodiment isolated from above (such as in 1 and 18b shown). For example, a discharge device (not shown) for sheets is also optional 02 arranged, which is designed or used, for example, as a waste switch. That as a printing module 600 trained coating module 600 preferably has four receiving devices 621 on. Of these four reception facilities 621 is preferably a first one with a printhead assembly 624 occupied, which further preferably has two printhead rows, wherein further preferably the first printhead row is assigned a first color and the second printhead row is assigned a second color. Of these four reception facilities 621 is preferably at least one more or are more preferably two more with at least one dryer assembly 504 occupied. Of these four reception facilities 621 is preferably a further, especially the last one with a print head assembly 624 occupied, which further preferably has two rows of print heads, further preferably a third color is assigned to the overall third row of print heads and a fourth color to the overall fourth row of print heads. Such a fifth example of the processing machine 01 is schematically and by way of example in 18a shown. For example, you can use it to bend 02 transported at a speed of 150 meters per minute and printed in four colors with 1200 dpi x 600 dpi.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 in particular in such a fifth example, alternatively or additionally, in that the sheet-fed printing press 01 exactly one non-impact printing module 600 having. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that the at least one non-impact printing module 600 exactly four reception facilities 421 ; 621 ; 821 and that one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport route is the first of the four receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 with exactly one as the printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is occupied and that one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path seen second and / or one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport route is the third of the four receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 with in particular a total of one as a dryer assembly 504 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is occupied and that one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The fourth of the four receiving devices is seen as the intended transport route 421 ; 621 ; 821 with exactly one as the printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is occupied. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route in any case after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one discharge device for sheets 02 is arranged. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route in any case after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one as a module 1000 trained substrate dispenser 1000 is arranged. The fifth example of the processing machine 01 is as described schematically and by way of example in 18a shown.

A sixth example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100 , a preparation module 200 , a first system module 300 , one as a primer module 400 trained coating module 400 , a first drying module 500 , optionally a second system module 300 , a first print module 600 trained coating module 600 , optionally a third system module 300 , a second printing module 600 trained coating module 600 , a second drying module 500 , optionally an inspection module or an inspection device, as a painting module 800 trained coating module 800 , a third drying module 500 and a display module 1000 on. The sheet feeder module 100 is preferably designed as described in such a way that its separating device 109 the arch 02 in at least one embodiment isolated from below (as for example in 2a and 18a shown) or in at least one other embodiment isolated from above (such as in 1 and 18b shown). For example, a discharge device (not shown) for sheets is also optional 02 arranged, which is designed or used, for example, as a waste switch. The first as a printing module 600 trained coating module 600 preferably has four receiving devices 621 on. Of these four reception facilities 621 are preferably a first and a second each with a printhead assembly 624 occupied, which more preferably each have two printhead rows, more preferably the two printhead rows of the first printhead assembly 624 a first color and the two printhead rows of the second printhead assembly 624 a second color is assigned. Of these four reception facilities 621 is preferably at least one more or are more preferably two more with at least one dryer assembly 504 occupied. Of these four reception facilities 621 are preferably the third and fourth with at least one dryer assembly 504 occupied. The second as a printing module 600 trained coating module 600 preferably has four receiving devices 621 on. Of these four reception facilities 621 two, in particular the first two, are preferably unoccupied. Of these four reception facilities 621 are preferably two, in particular the last two each with a print head assembly 624 occupied, which more preferably each have two printhead rows, with one of these two printhead assemblies more preferably the two printhead rows 624 a third color and the two printhead rows of the other of these two printhead assemblies 624 a fourth color is assigned. Such a sixth example of the processing machine 01 is schematically and by way of example in 18b shown. For example you can use it to bend 02 transported at a speed of 300 meters per minute and printed in four colors with 1200 dpi x 600 dpi.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 in particular in such a sixth example alternatively or additionally in that the sheet-fed printing press 01 exactly two non-impact print modules 600 having. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that each of the two non-impact pressure modules 600 exactly four reception facilities 421 ; 621 ; 821 and / or that in the case of the along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 first non-impact printing module 600 one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport route is the first of the four receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 with exactly one as the printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is occupied and one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The second of the four receiving devices is seen as the intended transport path 421 ; 621 ; 821 with exactly one as the printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is occupied and one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided third and / or one along the transport path for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The fourth of the four receiving devices is seen as the intended transport route 421 ; 621 ; 821 with in particular a total of one as a dryer assembly 504 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is occupied and / or that the along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 envisaged transport route second non-impact printing module 600 two of the four reception facilities 421 ; 621 ; 821 are unoccupied and two of the four reception facilities 421 ; 621 ; 821 each with exactly one as a printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 are occupied. The sixth example of the processing machine 01 is as described schematically and by way of example in 18b shown.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 in such a sixth example alternatively or additionally in that in the case of the along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 envisaged transport route second non-impact printing module 600 one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport route is the first of the four receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 and one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The second of the four receiving devices is seen as the intended transport path 421 ; 621 ; 821 is unoccupied and one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The intended transport route is the third of the four receiving devices 421 ; 621 ; 821 with exactly one as the printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is occupied and one along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 The fourth of the four receiving devices is seen as the intended transport route 421 ; 621 ; 821 with exactly one as the printhead assembly 424 ; 624 ; 824 trained standard assembly 424 ; 504 ; 624 ; 824 is occupied. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path in any case after the second printing module 600 and or at least after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one discharge device for sheets 02 is arranged. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport path in any case after the second printing module 600 and / or in any case after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one as a module 1000 trained substrate dispenser 1000 is arranged. The sixth example of the processing machine 01 is as described schematically and by way of example in 18b shown.

A seventh example of a processing machine 01 has a sheet feeder module 100 , optionally a particularly first preparation module 200 , one as a primer module 400 trained coating module 400 with preferably integrated drying device 506 or in the print module 600 integrated drying device 506 , optionally a second system module in particular 300 , one as a print module 600 trained coating module 600 with integrated drying device 506 , optionally a third system module in particular 300 , optionally an inspection module or an inspection device 551 , one as a painting module 800 trained coating module 800 with integrated drying device 506 and a display module 1000 on. The sheet feeder module 100 is preferably designed as described in such a way that its separating device 109 the arch 02 in at least one embodiment isolated from below (as for example in 2a and 18d shown) or in at least one other embodiment isolated from above (such as in 1 shown). For example, a discharge device (not shown) for sheets is also optional 02 arranged, which is designed or used, for example, as a waste switch. The first as a printing module 600 trained coating module 600 preferably has four application sites 618 on. Of these four order sites 618 A first and a second are preferably each formed by at least one or at least two rows of printheads, the two rows of printheads of the first application point being further preferred 618 a first color and the two printhead rows of the second job sites 618 a second color is assigned. Of these four order sites 618 the third and fourth are preferably each formed by at least one or at least two rows of print heads, the two rows of print heads of the third application point being further preferred 618 a third color and the two printhead rows of the fourth job site 618 a fourth color is assigned. Such a seventh example of the processing machine 01 is schematically and by way of example in 18c shown.

The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 in particular in such a seventh example in that after the second order point 618 of the print module 600 at least one drying device 506 is arranged for intermediate drying and that after a last application point 618 of the printing module at least one and more preferably at least two drying devices 506 are arranged. A fifth and a sixth application point are optional 618 arranged analogous to the other order points 618 are constructed and to which a fifth or a sixth color is assigned. All application sites are preferred 618 and / or all drying devices 506 of the print module 600 on the one means of transport 611 of the print module 600 aligned. At least one inspection device is preferred 551 on the one means of transport 611 of the print module 600 aligned. At least one stand area is preferred 629 for an operator above the means of transport 611 of the print module 600 arranged and / or arrangeable. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route in any case after the printing module 600 and / or in any case after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one discharge device for sheets 02 is arranged. The sheet-fed printing press is preferred 01 alternatively or additionally in that along the for the transport of substrate 02 , especially printing material 02 and / or arch 02 provided transport route in any case after the printing module 600 and / or in any case after the at least one non-impact coating module 400 ; 600 ; 800 at least one as a module 1000 trained substrate dispenser 1000 is arranged. The seventh example of the processing machine 01 is as described schematically and by way of example in 18d shown.

A variety of other combinations are possible depending on the requirement profile. In particular, several printing units can also be used 600 or print modules 600 can be arranged directly one behind the other and / or if necessary, for example, several drying units can be used for a longer drying section 500 or drying modules 500 can be arranged directly one behind the other.

List of reference symbols

01

Processing machine, sheet processing machine, printing machine, sheet printing machine, non-impact printing machine, coating machine, corrugated cardboard sheet processing machine, corrugated cardboard sheet printing machine, punching machine, sheet punching machine, sheet-fed rotary punching machine

02

Substrate, printing material, sheets, corrugated cardboard, corrugated cardboard sheets

03

Transfer means

100

Unit, module, substrate feed device, sheet feeder, sheet feeder unit, sheet feeder module

101

Pile turning device, partial pile turning device

102

Area, room area, stacking area

103

Partial stack separator, partial stack pusher

104

Stack, feeder stack, first

105

-

106

Partial batch

107

Means of transport, conveyor belt

108

Swivel axis

109

Separation device, sheet separation device

110

-

111

Translation element, means of transport, conveyor belt, lower, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system

112

Obstacle, weir, plate

113

Carrier unit, pallet

114

Removal device, sheet separator

115

-

116

Handling element, lifting element, holding element, lifting suction device, separating suction device, transport suction device

117

Translation element, means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, upper

118

-

119

Transport means, transport roller, conveyor belt, suction transport means, leaking, accelerating means, secondary

120

-

121

output

122

Pressure roller, pressure roller

123

-

124

-

125

-

126

-

127

Front lay

128

Page mark

129

-

130

-

131

-

132

-

133

-

134

Storage device, storage area

135

-

136

Accelerator, primary, conveyor roller, conveyor belt, suction conveyor, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, suction gripper, suction roller

137

Front stop, front wall

138

-

139

Side stop, side wall

140

-

141

Back stop, back wall

142

-

143

-

144

Spacers

144.1

Spacer, first

144.2

Spacer, second

145

-

146

Pressure roller, pressure roller

147

Additional device, compression device

148

Compression body, first, roller

149

Compression body, second, counter pressure body, roller

150

-

151

Power element

152

Restraint device

153

Sensor, protrusion sensor

154

Compression area

155

-

156

Stop body

157

Release drive

158

Means of displacement

159

Drive (158)

160

-

161

Support frame

162

frame

163

Deflection means (119; 136), body of revolution

164

Sheet sensor

165

-

166

Lifting frame

167

Height adjustment means

168

Linear bearings, linear ball bearings; Linear plain bearings

169

wave

170

-

171

Shaft section

172

coupling

173

Side panel (166)

174

Lifting beam (166)

175

-

176

Height adjustment eccentric

177

Height adjustment shaft

178

Height adjustment lever

179

Deflection means

180

-

181

Drive eccentric

182

Swing arm

183

Hub attack point

184

Component, vertical drive shaft

185

-

186

Height adjustment means

187

Rotary body, drive wheel

188

Sliding guide

189

Compensation eccentric

190

-

191

PTO shaft

192

Torque transmission means, belt, chain, gear

193

Cover plate

194

Support frame

195

-

196

Fixing device

200

Unit, module, preparation device, preparation unit, preparation module, conditioning device, conditioning unit, conditioning module

201

Acting device, calender, moistening device, discharge device, inerting device, cleaning device, deburring device, inspection device, suction device, blowing device, stripping device

202

Pressure roller, pressure roller

211

Means of transport, suction means of transport

300

Unit, module, system equipment, system unit, system module

301

Alignment device

302

Alignment roller, alignment roller

303

Inspection facility

311

Means of transport, suction means of transport; Suction belt

400

Unit, module, coating device, coating unit, coating module, primer unit, primer unit, primer unit, primer module, flexo coating unit, flexo coating module, non-impact coating unit, jet coating unit, jet coating module, jet priming unit, jet priming module, ink jet coating unit, ink jet coating module, processing unit

401

Coating agent supply, priming agent supply

402

Application cylinder, form cylinder, primer form cylinder

403

Supply roller, anilox roller, primer supply roller

404

Temporary storage, chamber doctor blade

405

-

406

Supply line

407

Derivation

408

Counter pressure medium, counter pressure cylinder, counter pressure belt

409

Coating point, priming point

410

-

411

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, incoming, upper, lower

412

entrance

413

output

414

-

415

-

416

Printhead, inkjet printhead

417

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, leaking, upper, lower

418

Order office

419

Maintenance device, cleaning device

420

-

421

Receiving facility

422

Coupling device

423

Coupling mount

424

Standard assembly, printhead assembly

425

-

426

Positioning device

427

frame

428

Sidewall (427)

429

-

430

-

431

Subframe

432

Side support (431)

433

traverse

500

Unit, module, drying device, drying unit, drying module, processing module

501

Energy delivery device, infrared radiation source

502

Energy delivery device, hot air source

503

Energy delivery device, arranged UV radiation source

504

Standard assembly, dryer assembly

505

-

506

Drying device

507

Post-drying device

508

frame

511

Means of transport, suction means of transport

550

Unit, module, post-treatment device, post-treatment unit, post-treatment module, conditioning device, conditioning unit, conditioning module

551

Action device, humidification device, re-humidification device, cooling device, discharge device, inerting device, cleaning device, deburring device, inspection device, suction device, blowing device, stripping device

552

Pressure roller, pressure roller

553

Sensor, CCD sensor, CMOS sensor

561

Means of transport, suction means of transport

600

Unit, module, coating device, coating unit,

601

Coating module, printing unit, printing module, flexo coating unit, flexo coating module, non-impact coating unit, jet coating unit, jet coating module, jet printing unit, jet printing module, inkjet coating unit, inkjet coating module, inkjet printing unit, inkjet printing module, processing module, coating agent supply, ink supply, ink supply

602

Order cylinder, form cylinder, color form cylinder, ink form cylinder

603

Supply roller, anilox roller, ink supply roller, ink supply roller

604

Temporary storage, chamber doctor blade

605

-

606

Supply line

607

Derivation

608

Counter pressure medium, counter pressure cylinder, counter pressure belt

609

Coating point, pressure point

610

-

611

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, incoming, upper, lower

612

entrance

613

output

614

-

615

-

616

Printhead, inkjet printhead

617

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, leaking, upper, lower

618

Order office

619

Maintenance device, cleaning device

620

-

621

Receiving facility

622

Coupling device

623

Coupling mount

624

Standard assembly, printhead assembly

625

-

626

Positioning device

627

frame

628

Side wall

629

Stand space

630

-

631

Subframe

632

Side support (631)

633

traverse

700

Unit, module, transport device, means of transport, transport unit, transport module

711

Means of transport, suction means of transport

718

Transport surface, counter pressure surface, outer surface, jacket surface, conveyor belt, suction box

719

Vacuum chamber

720

-

721

Suction line

722

Suction opening

723

Suction opening

724

Deflection means, deflection rollers, deflection rollers, transport roller, transport roller

725

-

726

Conveyor belt

727

Suction box

728

Suction chamber

729

Flow opening

730

-

731

Lanyard, traction device, belt, tape

732

Guide means

733

Vacuum source, fan

734

Masking mask

735

-

736

Clamping device, deflection roller

737

Valve

738

Belt alignment means, belt alignment roller

739

Radial bearing

740

-

741

Alignment drive, electric motor, pneumatic cylinder, hydraulic cylinder, linear drive

742

Axis of rotation (738)

743

Tangent, compensation tangent

744

frame

745

-

746

traverse

800

Unit, module, coating device, coating unit, coating module, painting device, coating unit, painting unit, painting module, flexo coating unit, flexo coating module, non-impact coating unit, jet coating unit, jet coating module, jet painting unit, jet painting module, inkjet coating unit, inkjet coating module, processing module

801

Coating agent supply, paint supply

802

Application cylinder, form cylinder, coating form cylinder

803

Supply roller, anilox roller, lacquer supply roller

804

Temporary storage, chamber doctor blade

805

-

806

Supply line

807

Derivation

808

Counter pressure medium, counter pressure cylinder, counter pressure belt

809

Coating point, painting point

810

-

811

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, incoming, upper, lower

812

entrance

813

output

814

-

815

-

816

Printhead, inkjet printhead

817

Means of transport, suction means of transport, suction belt, suction box belt, roller suction system, leaking, upper, lower

818

Order office

819

Maintenance device, cleaning device

820

-

821

Receiving facility

822

Coupling device

823

Coupling mount

824

Standard assembly, printhead assembly

825

-

826

Positioning device

827

frame

828

Side wall

829

-

830

-

831

Subframe

832

Side support (831)

833

traverse

900

Unit, module, shaping device, shaping unit, shaping module, punching module, processing module

901

Shaping means, shaping cylinder, punching means, punching cylinder, creasing means, creasing cylinder, perforating means, perforating cylinder, stripping means, stripping cylinder, lamination device, flat bed punching means

902

Counter pressure medium, counter pressure cylinder

903

Disposal facility

911

Means of transport, suction means of transport

1000

Aggregate, module, substrate dispenser; Sheet delivery, delivery unit, delivery module

1001

Stacking device

1002

Display pile

1003

Pressure roller, pressure roller

1004

Positioning means, delivery stop

1005

-

1006

Carrier unit

1007

Transport system

1008

Conveyor belt, conveyor roller

1009

Lifting device

1010

-

1011

Means of transport, suction means of transport, conveyor belt

a119

section

a136

section

v1

Speed, first

v2

Speed, second

v3

Speed, third

va

Catch-up speed

vb

Processing speed

vu

Transfer speed

A.

Transverse direction

SV

Stack boundary plane, front

T

Transport direction

V

Direction, vertical

W.

Compensation direction

M100

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (100)

M101

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled ( 136 ), Accelerator drive, primary

M102

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (119), accelerator drive, secondary

M103

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled ( 136 ), Accelerator drive, primary

M104

Drive, motor, electric motor, vertical drive, position-controlled

M200

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (200)

M300

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (300)

M400

Drive, main drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (400)

M401

Drive, power take-off, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (400)

M500

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (500)

M600

Drive, main drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (600)

M601

Drive, power take-off, engine, electric motor, position-controlled (600)

M700

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (700)

M800

Drive, main drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled ( 800 )

M801

Drive, power take-off, engine, electric motor, position-controlled ( 800 )

M900

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (900)

M1000

Drive, motor, electric motor, position-controlled (1000)

Claims (10)

Substrate feed device (100), at least two primary acceleration means (136) being arranged next to one another with respect to a transverse direction (A) and below a storage area (134) of the substrate feed device (100) provided for storing a stack of sheets (02) of a substrate (02) and wherein the substrate supply device (100) has at least one frame (162) and at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) movable relative to the at least one frame (162) by means of a vertical drive (M104) at least with respect to a vertical direction (V) and wherein the at least two primary acceleration means (136) are carried by the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) and at the same time are arranged movably together with one another and with the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) with respect to the vertical direction (V) and wherein the at least two primary acceleration means (136) each have at least one individual height compensation means (186) for individual adaptation of a relative position of the respective transport surface (718) of the respective primary acceleration means (136) on the one hand and of the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) on the other hand is assigned. Substrate feed device after Claim 1 , characterized in that the at least two primary acceleration means (136) are designed as transport belts (136) and / or as suction transport means (136) and / or as suction belts (136). Substrate feed device after Claim 1 or 2 , characterized in that the at least two primary acceleration means (136) are designed as conveyor belts (136) and / or as suction belts (136) and that as the at least one individual height compensation means (186) at least one is a respective conveyor belt (136) and / or Sliding guide (188) holding suction belt (136) and / or at least one deflecting means (163) holding a respective conveyor belt (136) and / or suction belt (136) in position and in its position relative to the at least one lifting frame ( 166; 173; 174) is customizable. Substrate feed device after Claim 2 or 3 , characterized in that in each case at least one compensating eccentric (189) is arranged as part of the respective height compensating means (186) connecting the at least one sliding guide (188) to the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) and / or that at least one compensating eccentric ( 189) as a component of the respective height compensation means (186), the at least one deflection means (163) is arranged connecting to the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174). Substrate feed device after Claim 2 or 3 or 4th , characterized in that each of the at least two primary acceleration means (136) has at least one respective rotary body (163; 187) which is each driven and / or drivable by means of at least one primary acceleration drive (M101; M103) and / or that each of the at least two primary acceleration means (136) has at least one respective rotary body (163; 187) which is each driven and / or drivable by means of at least one primary acceleration drive (M101; M103) and a respective axis of rotation of this respective driven rotary body (163; 187) relative to the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) is arranged in a stationary manner. Substrate feed device after Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4th or 5 , characterized in that each of the at least two primary acceleration means (136) each has at least one respective rotary body (163; 187) which is designed and arranged to set a tension of the respective conveyor belt (136) and / or suction belt (136). Substrate feed device after Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4th or 5 or 6th , characterized in that the at least two primary acceleration means (136) each have at least one individual height compensation means (186) for individually adapting a relative position of the respective transport surface (718) of the respective primary acceleration means (136) on the one hand and the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) on the other hand, independently of the relative position, is assigned to respective transport surfaces (718) of other of the at least two primary acceleration means (136) on the one hand and the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) on the other. Substrate feed device after Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4th or 5 or 6th or 7th , characterized in that by means of the at least one lifting frame (166; 173; 174) a displacement movement of at least one transport surface (718) of the at least one primary acceleration means (136) can be brought about, the direction of movement of which has at least one vertical component and that this displacement movement at least a transport surface (718) is movable and / or moved at least between an upper end position and a lower end position and that with the respective primary acceleration means (136) arranged in the upper end position, at least one transport surface (718) thereof at least partially above at least one support surface Spacer (144) is arranged and that when the respective primary acceleration means (136) is arranged in the lower end position, its at least one transport surface (718) is arranged completely below the at least one support surface of the at least one spacer (144). Substrate feed device after Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4th or 5 or 6th or 7th or 8th , characterized in that at least one height adjustment means (167; 176; 177; 178; 179) is arranged by means of which at least one upper end position of the at least vertical movement path of the at least one primary acceleration means (136) which can be brought about by means of the at least one vertical drive (M104) is independent of which at least one vertical drive (M104) is adjustable and / or continuously adjustable as one of at least three different end positions. Substrate feed device after Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4th or 5 or 6th or 7th or 8th or 9 , characterized in that each of the at least two primary acceleration means (136) has at least one rotary body (163; 187) which is each driven via a shaft (169) common to these at least two primary acceleration means (136), and that the common shaft (169 ) has at least two shaft sections (171) which are arranged one behind the other with respect to a transverse direction (A) and that with respect to the transverse direction (A) directly adjacent shaft sections (171) of the common shaft (169) each open via an at least removable and / or at least partially Coupling (172) are arranged connected.

Images